CONSTRUCTION SAFETY PLAN DOCUMENT NUMBER:

MMS-OF-0000
SAFANIYAH SAPMT TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES
(TCF) - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) Revision: 00
PKG-7
Issue Date: Mar 30, 2023

CONSTRUCTION SAFETY
PLAN
SAFANIYAH SAPMT TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
FACILITIES (TCF) - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M)

PKG-7

Client: Saudi Aramco Company

 Page 2 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Contents
1. GENERAL 22
1.1 Purpose of Contractor Site Safety Program
1.2 Project Overview
1.3 Scope of Work
2. DEFINITIONS, TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS 27
3. REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION 28
3.1 Laws and Regulation
3.2 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities
3.3 Saudi Aramco General Instructions
3.4 Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards
3.5 Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code
3.6 Intentional Standards and Guidelines
4. HSE Policy 32
5. HSE Organization Chart 33
5.1 HSE Organization Chart
5.2 ASSIGNMENT OF RESPONSIBILITIES
5.2.1 Projects Manager
5.2.2 Project Manager
5.2.3 Site Engineer
5.2.4 Project HSE Manager
5.2.5 Safety Engineer
5.2.6 Safety Coordinator

2
 Page 3 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

5.2.7 Training Coordinator

5.2.8 Safety Supervisor/Officer
5.2.9 Scaffolder Advisor
5.2.10 Foreman
5.2.11 Worker
6. SITE SAFETY STAFF REQUIRMENTS 47
7. CONTRACTOR HSE PHILOSOPHY 48
7.1 Accident Prevention Objectives
7.2 Philosophy
7.3 System for Controlling Losses
7.4 Zero Incident Philosophy
8. OFFICE SAFETY 53
8.1 Responsibilities
8.2 Employee Orientation
8.3 Office Areas
8.3.1 Working Areas
8.3.4 Safety Signs
8.4 Electrical Installations
8.5 Lighting
8.6 Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
8.7 Materials Storage
8.7.1 Chemical and Flammable Materials
8.7.2 Stationery and Other Inert Materials

3
 Page 4 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

8.8 Personal Protective Equipment

8.9 Fire Precautions and Emergency Procedures
8.10 First Aid Arrangements
8.11 Office Safety Inspections
8.12 Maintenance
8.13 Housekeeping
8.14 Waste Disposal
8.15 Toilets and Washrooms
9. Safety Signs 65
9.1 Responsibilities
9.2 Signs
9.2.1 Mandatory signs
9.2.2 Prohibition signs
9.2.3 Warning signs
9.2.4 Safe conditions signs
9.2.5 Fire signs
9.2.6 Site perimeter and access point signs
9.3 Appendix 1- Main Warning Signs
9.3.1 Main mandatory signs
9.3.2 Main Prohibition Signs
9.3.3 Main warning signs
9.3.4 Main rescue signs

4
 Page 5 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

10. SITE HSE INSPECTIONS 72

10.1 HSE Inspections
10.1.1 Inspections Schedule
10.1.2 HSE Inspections
10.1.3 Monthly Equipment Inspections for color coding
10.1.4 Responsibilities
10.2 Safety Walks
10.2.1 Management Safety Walkthrough
10.2.2 HSE Walkthrough
10.2.3 Inspections/Safety Walks Reports and Follow-Up
10.2.4 Inspection Log Books
10.3 Items to be Inspected
11. SAFETY OBSERVATIONS 80
11.1 Responsibilities
11.2 Description of Safety Precaution During the Activity
11.3 Safety Observation Card
[Link] CODING PROCEDURE 82
12.1 Quarterly Color Coding
12.2 Inspection Schedule
12.2.1 Initial Inspection
12.2.2 Monthly Inspection
12.3 Defective tools
12.4 Inspection Sheet
12.5 Tools/Equipment Inspection Register

5
 Page 6 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

13. JOB SITE INSPECTIONS 88

13.1 Daily Inspection by Foreman
13.2 Pre-Job Inspection
13.3 Post Job Inspection (End-of-Shift-Checks)
14. SAFETY MEETING 89
14.1 Responsibilities
14.2 Schedule of Safety Meetings
14.3 Site Safety Committee Meeting
14.4 Supervisor Safety Meeting
14.5 General Subcontractor Tool Box Talk
14.6 Pre-Start Tool Box Talks
14.7 Permit to Work Coordination Meeting
14.8 Incident Reporting Meeting
14.9 Safety Meeting for heavy equipment and heavy lifting
15. AUDIT PLAN 95
15.1 Auditor Skills (Internal and External Audits)
15.2 Audit Reporting
15.3 HSE Audit Program
15.4 HSE Audit Report Form
15.5 HSE Audit General Log
16. CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUEST (CAR) 98
16.1 Definitions
16.2 Responsibilities

6
 Page 7 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

16.3 Detection of Strengths and Inefficiencies

16.4 Classification and Issuing
16.5 Codification of CARs
16.6 Identification of Corrective/Preventive Action
16.7 Review of the Effectiveness of Corrective/Preventive Action
16.8 CAR/Strength Form
16.9 CAR General Log
17.1 Accident Investigation 105
17.1.1 Responsibilities for Investigation first aid
18. GENERAL SAFETY RULES 108
18.1 Procedure
18.2 Failure to Comply
19. DISCIPLINE 110
19.1 Responsibilities
19.2 Instructions
19.3 Disciplinary Action for Traffic Violations
20. EMERGENCY REPORTING and EVACUATION
PROCEDURES 117
20.1 General
20.2 Emergency Reporting
20.3 Action to Be Taken During Emergency

7
 Page 8 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

21. CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

120
[Link] IDENTIFICATION PLAN 121
22.1 Hazard Analysis
22.2 Summary of Hazards
22.3 HMI Plan Implementation
23.3.1 General Requirements
[Link] SAFETY ANALYSIS PROCEDURE 125
23.1 Roles and Responsibility
23.2 Description of Activity
23.2.1 Identification of need
23.2.2 Selection of method
23.2.3 JSA team
23.2.4 Process steps
23.2.5 Identification of hazards and control measures
23.2.6 Pre-job review
23.2.7 Implementation
23.2.8 Post job review
23.3 JSA PREPARATION GUIDELINE
23.4 Records
24. SITE RISK ASSESSMENT PROCEDURE 139
24.1 Roles and Responsibility
24.1.1 Project HSE Manager

8
 Page 9 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

24.1.2 Contractor Project HSE Manager

24.1.3 RA Team Leader
24.1.4 Site Risk Assessment Team
24.1.5 Action owner responsibilities
24.1.6 Superintendents I Supervisors
24.1.7 Safety Supervisors/Officers:
24.2 Description of Activity
24.3 Site Risk Assessment Steps
24.3.1 Step 1: Identification of the Risk Assessment Team
24.3.2 Step 2: Initial Review
24.3.3 Step 3: Identification of Hazards and Controls
24.3.4 Step 4: Estimate of Hazard Consequence and Likelihood
24.3.5 Step 5: Risk Rating and identification of Standard Control
Measures
24.3.6 Step 6: Identification of Additional Controls
24.3.7 Step 7: Documenting and Recording
24.4 Implementation of Site Risk Assessment Results
24.5 Site Risk Assessment Review
24.6 Records

9
 Page 10 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

25. TRAININGINING 154

25.1 Safety Orientation
25.2 Short Service Employee (SSE)Program
25.3 Job-Skills/Craft Competency Training and Safety Training
25.4 Refresher Safety Training
25.5 Training for Site Supervision and Safety Staff
25.6 Specialized Trainers
25.7 Training for work at height requirements
25.8 Records
26. TRAFFIC SAFETY 162
26.1 General
26.2 Preventive Maintenance of Vehicles (PMV)
26.3 Desert Driving
27. TRANSPORTATIONS 167
27.1 References
27.2 General rules
27.3 Vehicle Condition
27.4 Ingress 8i Egress
27.5 Motor Vehicle Accidents
27.6 Safe Practices for Towing Equipment and Trailers
27.6.1 Towing Limitations
27.6.2 Tires
27.6.3 Night Operations/Poor Visibility

10
 Page 11 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

27.6.4 Inspection
27.6.5 Safe Towing Procedure
28. PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM 176
[Link] PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT 182
29.1 Head Protection
29.2 Eye and Face Protection
29.3 Hand Protection
29.4 Foot Protection
29.5 Hearing Protection
29.6 Body Protection
29.7 Fall Protection Equipment
29.7.1 Life-line and anchor point
29.8 Respiratory Protection Equipment (RPE)
29.9 Additional Instructions
29.10 Man baskets
29.10.1 Responsibilities
29.10.2 General
30. HEAT STRESS 208
30.1 Heat Stress Management Procedure
30.1.1 Common hazards
30.1.2 New Employees
30.1.3 Current Employees
30.1.4 Identification of Heat Stress Symptoms

11
 Page 12 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

30.1.5 Heat Stroke

30.1.6 Heat Exhaustion
30.1.7 Heat Cramps
30.1.8 Heat Rash
30.2 Employee Prevention, Information and Training
30.3 Workplace and Task Evaluation 10.13
30.3.1 Job Location
30.3.2 Work Location and Schedule
30.3.3 Clothing
30.3.4 Control of Heat Stress
30.3.5 Work Rest Cycles
30.4 Proactive Measures Against Heat Stress
30.5 Flag System
30.8 Heat Stress Index (General)
30.7 Heat Stress Prevention in COVID-19 Environment
31 MANUAL HANDLING 218
31.1 Responsibilities
31.2 Safety Precautions for Manual Handling Management on Site
31.2.1 Critical Aspects
31.2.2 Minimum Safety Precaution to Be Respected
31.2.3 The Manual Handling Total Management
31.3 Risk Related to Manual Handling of Loads
31.4 Risk Factors Resulting from The Way of Performing Work

12
 Page 13 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

31.5 Risk Factors Resulting from The Type of Load Handled

31.6 Risk Factors Resulting from The Character of Working Environment
31.7 Risk Factors Related to Individual Worker
31.8 Prevention Activities
31.9 Elimination of The Risk
31.10 Reduction of The Risk
32 PERMIT TO WORK (PTW) SYSTEM 229
32.1 General Requirements
32.2 Scope and Purpose
32.3 Definition and abbreviations
32.4 Roles and Responsibilities
32.5 Permit to Work System Workflow
32.5.1 Workflow description
32.5.2 Originating authority (originator)
32.5.3 PTW Coordinator
32.5.4 PTW Coordination meeting
32.5.5 Issuing Authority
32.5.6 Operating authority(operator)
32.5.7 Performing authority (performer)
32.5.8 HSE Department and authorized gas testers
32.5.9 Minimum acceptance for permit signatories
32.6 Types of Permits
32.6.1 Cold work Permit

13
 Page 14 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.6.2 Hot work Permit

32.6.3 Confined Space Permit
32.6.4 Excavation Work Permit
32.6.6 Grating I handrail Removal& Open Hole Permit
32.6.7Hazardous Energy Isolation Certificate & Lock Out-Tag Out
32.7 Accompanying Certification for Permit to Work
32.8 Permit issuance and duration
32.9 Permit closure
32.10 Layout and color of permits
32.11 Permit and certificate validity and endorsement periods
32.12 Permit to work procedure auditing and review
32.13 Emergency response
32.14 Attachment 1 - Cold Work Permit Form

32.15 Attachment 2 - Hot Work Permit Form

Attachment3 - Confined Space Entry Work Permit - Certificate

32.16 Attachment4 - Excavation Work Permit Form Certificate

32.17 Attachment5 - Certificate Form Grating/Handrail Removal & Open Hole

- Certificate

32.18 Attachments - ELECTRICAL CERTIFICATE

33. SITE PREPARATION 267

33.1 Roles and Responsibilities
33.2 Description of Safety Precautions During the Activity
14
 Page 15 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

33.2.1 Personnel Induction and Control

33.2.2 Preparation
33.2.3 Execution of the Work

33.2.4 Backfill and Compaction

33.2.5 Other requirements

34. CONFINED SPACES 271

34.1 Definitions and abbreviations

34.2 reference documents

34.3 Roles and Responsibilities

34.4 Description of Safety Precautions

34.4.1 Pre-Entry Activities

34.4.2 Entry Activities

34.5 Precautions for Emergencies

34.6 Records

35. WELDING and CUTTING QUIPMENT 290

35.1 Storage of Cylinders

35.2 Handling of Cylinders

35.3 Inspection of Equipment

15
 Page 16 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

36 HAND TOOLS AND POWER TOOLS 293

36.1 Hand Tools
36.2 Portable Power Tools
36.3 Pneumatic Power Tools
36.4 Drills
36.5Electrical Power Tools and Extension Cord
36.6Grinders
36.7Fixed Electrical Tools
36.8 Powder Actuated Fastening Tools (Cartridge Operated Tools)
36.8.1 Storage
36.8.2 Issue and Returns
36.9 Personal Protection
37. ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT 303
37.1 General Requirements
37.2 Temporary Electrical Installations
37.3 Work on Live Electrical Equipment
37.4 Work Near Overhead Power Lines and Underground Cables
37.5 Work on Overhead Power Lines
38. LADDERS 305
38.1 General
38.2 Positioning
38.3 Ladder Clearances
38.4 Usage

16
 Page 17 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

38.5 Step Ladders

38.6 Extension Ladders
38.7 Job-Made Ladders
39. SCAFFOLDING 309
39.1 Scaffold Types
39.2 Scaffold Components
39.2.1 General
39.2.2 Scaffold Tubing and Fittings
39.2.3 Platform Units
39.3 Requirements Common to all Scaffolds
39.3.1 Capacity
39.3.2 Foundations
39.3.3 Fall Protection for Scaffold Craftsman
39.3.4 Guardrail Systems
39.3.5 Falling Object Protection
39.3.6 Scaffold Platform Construction and Use
39.3.7 Entry and Exit
39.3.8 Stability
39.3.9 Clearances
39.3.10 Raising and Lowering Materials Using Gin Wheels
39.3.11 High Winds
39.3.12 Tools
39.4 Requirements Common to System and Tube-and Coupler Scaffolds

17
 Page 18 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

39.4.1 Horizontal Members

39.4.2 Vertical Bracing
39.4.3 System Scaffolds
39.5 Tube-And-Coupler Scaffolds
39.5.1 Posts (Standards)
39.5.2 Runners (Ledgers)and Bearers (Transoms)
39.5.3 Vertical Bracing for Tube and Coupler Scaffolds
39.5.4 Light-Duty Tube and Coupler Scaffolds
39.5.5 Medium-Duty Tube and Coupler Scaffolds
39.6 Mobile and Tower Scaffolds
39.6.1 Mobile and Tower Scaffold Construction
39.6.2 Mobile Scaffold Operation
39.7 Fabricated Tubular Frame Scaffolds
39.8 Bracket Scaffolds
39.9 Underhung Scaffolds
39.10 Inspections
40 FALL PREVENTION and PROTECTION PROGRAM 324
40.1 Definitions and Abbreviations
40.2 Reference Documents
40.3 Roles and Responsibilities
40.4 Description of Safety Precautions During the Activity
40.4.1 Fall prevention system
40.4.2 Fall protection system

18
 Page 19 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

40.5 Training
40.6 Supervision
41. CRANES and LIFTING EQUIPMENT 343
41.1 General Requirements
41.2 Cranes and Derricks
41.3 Critical Lifts
41.4 Special Critical Crane Lifts
41.5 Operations
41.6 Wire Rope Slings
42.7 Maintenance
42.8 Wire Rope Clamps
42.9 Safe Working Loads
42.9.1 Synthetic Web Slings
42.9.2 Shackles
42.9.3 Hooks
42.9.4 Eyebolts
42. MECHANICAL and HEAVY EQUIPMENT 349
42.1 Operators
42.1.1 Qualification
42.1.2 Machinery Guards
42.2 General Requirements
42.3 Portable Air Compressors
42.4 Concrete Mixers

19
 Page 20 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

42.5 Dumpers and Dump trucks

42.6 Excavators
42.7 Generators
42.8 Forklifts
42.9 Graders, Dozers, Scrapers, Loaders and Mini-Loaders
43. EXCAVATIONS 355
43.1 Inspections
43.2 Safety Rules to be Implemented
43.2.1 Before Work Starts
43.2.2 Work Permit
43.2.3 Hazardous Atmospheres and Materials
43.2.4 Underground Utilities and Installations
43.2.5 Dewatering
43.2.6 Protection Against Sidewall Cave-In
43.2.7 Entry and Exit
43.2.8 Edge Protection, Markers and Fixed Lighting
43.2.9 Thrust Boring
44. FIRE PREVENTION 361
44.1 Fire Classification
44.2 Open Yard / Outdoor Storage
44.3 Indoor Storage
44.4 Control of Ignition Sources
44.5 Storage of Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases

20
 Page 21 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

44.6 Handling of Flammable and Combustible Liquids and Gases

44.7 Portable Firefighting Equipment
44.8 Inspection and Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment
44.9 Housekeeping
44.10 Training
44.11 Fire Prevention Guidelines
45. FORM WORK 366
45.1 Vertical Slip Forms
45.2 Tube and Coupler Shoring
45.3 Single Post Shores
46 DUST CONTROL
46.1 General Instructions
47 SECURITY PROCEDURES
[Link] OUT and TAG OUT (LOTO) SYSTEM 370
48.1 Important Definitions
48.2 Applicability
48.3 Training Requirements
48.4 Lockout/Tag-out Procedure
48.4.1 Background
48.4.2 Lockout Procedures
48.4.3 Tag-out Procedures
48.4.4 Steps for Restoration of Equipment and Removal of Locks and Tags
48.5 Annual Review

21
 Page 22 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

49. MATERIALS HANDLING and STORAGE 375

49.1 Planning
49.2 Potential Hazards
49.3 Methods of Prevention
49.4 Moving, Handling and Storing Materials
49.5 Ergonomic Safety and Health Principles
49.6 Training and Education

22
 Page 23 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

GENERAL
1.1 Purpose of Construction Site Safety Program
In accordance to the CONTRACT SCHEDULE "D" SAFETY, HEALTH and
ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS which requires the CONTRACTOR to
prepare and submit a Contract Specific Contractor Site Safety Program (CSSP) to the
Company Representative for concurrence and the CONTRACTOR shall ensure full
implementation of the CSSP shall be available at the job site at all times.
Purpose of the CSSP is to state specifically how the contractor will meet SA's safety
requirements for the work to be performed. The CSSP includes the following, as
applicable to the contract and work to be performed.
A. Title page, specifying budget item (Bl), job order (JO)or contract number.
B. Job title and brief scope of work.
C. Site location map (s) with legend (symbols).
D. The Contractor Company's current safety policy (signed by their upper
management).
E. Job-specific organization chart that clearly defines safety reporting relationships.
F. Names and qualifications (e.g., CV/resume) of safety manager /supervisor(s) and
safety officers, as required.
G. Job-specific assignment of safety responsibilities by job classification.
H. Job-specific training needs analysis (e.g., training matrix) showing the safety
training and job skills/competency training required for alt job classifications, as
applicable to project's scope of work.
I. Safety Training Program includes:
(1) Basic safety training courses (first aid, fire safety, hazard recognition, confined
space safety, H2S safety, driving safety) provided to contractor company's employees.
(2) Safety training courses are delivered both in-house and via third-party.

23
 Page 24 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

(3) The courses are detailed for each type of job in the safety training matrix and
safety training plan).
J. The job skills/craft competency training program includes:
(1) a description of the specific job skills/craft training courses required for each type
of job (HVAC technician, plumber, pipefitter, scaffolder, welder) that are specific to
their work for SA.
(2) These job skills/craft training courses are delivered both in-house and/or third-
party).
(3) Refresher training frequency.
K. List of jobs to be performed that require SA-approved certification (e.g., scaffold
supervisor/inspector, crane/heavy equipment operator, rigger, welder).
L. Complete list of known subcontractors.
M. Project-specific plan / program the contractor will use for managing the
subcontractors, including their safety performance.
N. Procedures for behavioral observations, site safety inspections, safety injury /near
miss reporting and investigation, safety training, safety recommendation.
O. Description of contractor's site safety incentive and / or disciplinary action
programs.
P. Hazard dentification plan (HIP) as per the CSM
Q. Waste management plan as per the CSM
R. Hazardous substances plan, which describes the contractor’s procedures for
identifying and handling hazardous chemicals, materials, etc. Hazardous
chemicals/materials shall be stored and handled in accordance with SA chemical
hazard bulletins (CHBs) and the manufacturer’s material safety data sheets (MSDSs).
S. Job-specific and/or location specific safety procedures that are applicable to the
contract’s scope of work. These procedures may include but are not limited to: work
permits, confined space entry, PPE, respiratory protection, fall protection, lock-out
tag-out waste management, site demobilization/restoration, emergency response, etc.

24
 Page 25 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

And as stated CONTRACTOR shall furnish to each of the employees a WORK

site that is free from recognized hazards that could cause death or physical harm to
his employees, CONTRACTOR and all CONTRACTOR employees, will comply
at all times with applicable Saudi Arab Government safety, health and
environmental regulations and SAUDI ARAMCO SH&E requirements,
specifications and standards, including SAUDI ARAMCO General Instructions
(Gls), the SAUDI ARAMCO Construction Safety Manual (CSM), the SAUDI
ARAMCO Sanitary Code (SASC) and the SAUDI ARAMCO Safety Handbook,
Changes in SH&E requirements, specifications and standards shall be effective
immediately, unless otherwise noted in writing by SAUDI ARAMCO.
In case of conflicting requirements, the most stringent requirement shall apply
unless otherwise noted.
CONTRACTOR shall have available at the WORK site copies of the most current
version of the SAUDI ARAMCO Construction Safety Manual (CSM) and all
applicable SAUDI ARAMCO Gls, handbooks and engineering standards, as well
as their Hazard Identification Plan (HIP) and any Contractor Site Specific Safety
Plan (CSSP), CONTRACTOR may request from the Company Representative
copies of the CSM arm other SAUDI ARAMCO Gls, handbooks and engineering
standards that are applicable to this Contract.
Additionally, CONTRACTOR shall comply with all applicable SAUDI
ARAMCO Operations Instruction Manuals, including applicable Gas Operation
instruction Manuals, Refinery Instruction Manuals, etc.
The present document is a living document that shall be updated during the life of
the project according to any change occurred in the CONTRACTOR organization,
or additional HSE Requirement as deemed necessary.

This procedure shall be adopted and implemented by CONTRACTOR in

connection with the CONTRACT and, to the extent applicable, by the Affiliated
Contractor in connection with the Construction Contractor.

25
 Page 26 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

For the sake of clarity, "Affiliated Contractor and "Construction Contractor have
the meaning as assigned to them under Paragraph 1.1 "Definitions" of Schedule
"A" of the CONTRACT.
1.2 Project Overview
The Project is part of a wider plan by Saudi Aramco to improve gas transport and
processing facilities in the east of Saudi Arabia.
1.3 Scope of Work
Project Description and Scope of Work is as defined below:
1.3.1 Site Preparation Site Preparation of the following areas including cut and fill
to required levels and profiles.

• Main JFGP plant

• Cogen II

• Temporary Access / Heavy haul Routes

• Evaporation Pond

• Storm Water Ponds

• EPC Camp Area Roads

• EPC Laydown Areas Site Preparation consists of, Strip, Cut, Fill and Rough
Grade to the required Levels. The required levels, profiles and details, including
marl capping, shall be as per detail design drawings issued as part of the IFP
Package.

1.3.2 Roads Construction of the following temporary roads, refer to Construction

layout drawing PP-904804 and the documents listed in Appendix A.

26
 Page 27 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

[Link] Eastern Heavy haul Road (Road H) This extends from the existing 4-lane
Pioneer Road to the EPC Contractor laydown areas and will be a dual carriageway
road (2 lanes in each direction). Approximate length 5.6km to northern boundary
of laydown areas.

[Link] EPC Camp Access Road (Road G) This extends from construction
east/west heavy haul road E, up to the Phase II EPC Contractor’s Camp, then
through the EPC Camp north to the existing 4- lane Pioneer Road, and will be a
dual carriageway road (2 lanes in each direction). Approximate length 6.4km.

[Link] EPC Camp Perimeter Road. This extends around the perimeter of the EPC
Camp area and will have two lanes with shoulders, surfaced with asphalt
Approximate length 3.8km.

[Link] Construction Roads These roads are to provide personnel access between
the EPC laydown areas and construction areas. They will comprise 2 lanes with
shoulders, surfaced with asphalt. Approximate total length of temporary access
roads 23.7km.4.2.5 Heavy haul Routes. The heavy haul routes are for
transportation of heavy goods to / from the site. They will be 20m wide, surfaced
with compacted aggregate Class A. Approximate total length of heavy haul routes
22.9km.

1.3.3 Fences and Gates Demolition of two sections of the permanent Category 4
Perimeter Fence to allow for the construction of two temporary 20m wide gates for
construction access (Gates N and P). Re-establishing perimeter security during
construction phase.

27
 Page 28 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

2. DEFINITIONS, TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

OMPANY SAUDI ARABIAN OIL COMPANY (SAUDI ARAMCO) (IK)
CONTRACTOR ARAMCO OVERSEAS COMPANY B.V.(OOK)
CONTRACT MOBARAK M. AL-SALOMI & PARTNERS FOR CONTRACTING
[Link]
CSAR CONTRACTOR SAFETY ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
CSM SAUDI ARAMCO CONSTRUCTION SAFETY MANUAL
CSSP CONTRACTOR SAFETY ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS
EC ENVIRONMENTAL COORDINATOR
EE ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEER
EIA ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT
EMP ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
EMS ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FHSEM FIELD HSE MANAGER
Gl GENERAL INSTRUCTION
HSE HEALTH. SAFETY, AND ENVIRONMENT
HSE MS HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
LOTO LOCK OUT TAG OUT
MMSR MINIMUM MEDICAL STANDARDS REQUIREMENTS
MOWE MINISTRY OF WATER & ELECTRICITY
MVA MOTOR VEHICLE ACCIDENTS
PM PROJECT MANAGER
PHSEM PROJECT HSE MANAGER
PME PRESIDENCY OF METEOROLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT
PMV PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE OF VEHICLES
SA SAUDI ARAMCO
SAF SAFETY AND FIRE PROTECTION DIRECTIVES FOR INDUSTRIAL
FACILITIES
SAES SAUDI ARAMCO ENGINEERING STANDARDS
SAEP SAUDI ARAMCO ENGINEERING PROCEDURE
SAG SAUDI ARABIAN GOVERNMENT
SAPO SAUDI ARAMCO PROPONENT ORGANIZATION
SASC SAUDI ARAMCO SANITARY CODE
SE SAFETY ENGINEER
SH&E SAFETY. HEALTH & ENVIRONMENT
WAH WORK AT HEIGHT

28
 Page 29 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

3. REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION
3.1 Laws and Regulation
1. Saudi Arabia - Labor Law, Royal Decree M51 of 2005
2. The Presidency of Meteorology and Environment (PME - 2012) Regulations
3. Royal Commission Environmental Regulations,
4. Ministry of Water & Electricity (MOWE) standards

3.2 Safety and Fire Protection Directives for Industrial Facilities

SAF-01 26-mag-10 Application of Safety and Fire Protection Directives
SAF-02 26-mag-10 Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) Management
SAF-03 26-mag-10 Plant Buildings
SAF-04 26-mag-10 Fire Protection Systems
SAF-05 26-mag-10 Industrial Drainage
SAF-06 26-mag-10 Plant Layout, Spacing and Access
SAF-08 26-mag-10 Storage Tanks and Storage Vessels
SAF-09 26-mag-10 Fireproofing in Plants
SAF-10 26-mag-10 Pressure Piping, Pressure Vessels & Transportation Pipelines
SAF-11 26-mag-10 Emergency Shutdown, Isolation and de-pressuring
SAF-12 26-mag-10 Electrical Safety
SAF-13 26-mag-10 Work Permits
SAF-17 26-mag-10 Offshore Production Facilities
SAF-20 26-mag-10 Pre-Incident Planning and Management of Emergencies
SAF-21 26-mag-10 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
SAF-22 26-mag-10 Portable Electric and Electronic Devices

29
 Page 30 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

3.3 SAUDI ARAMCO GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS

GI 2.100 Work Permit System
GI Z102 Pressure Testing Safely
GI 2 709 Gas Testing Procedure
GI 2.716 Land Use Permit Procedures
GI 2.718 Contractor Site Allotment Procedure
GI 2.721 Electrical Arc Flash Hazard Mitigation
GI 6.007 Reporting of Contractor On-Job Injuries/Occupation illness.
GI 6.012 Isolation, Lockout and Use of Hold Tags
GI 6.025 Control of Remote Area Travel and Search / Rescue Procedure.
GI 6.030 Traffic and Vehicle Safety
GI 7.025 Heavy Equipment Operator Testing and Certification
GI 7.026 Crane and Heavy Equipment Incident Reporting Procedures
GI 7.027 Crane Suspended Personnel Platform (Man basket) Operations
GI 7.028 Crane Lifts: Types and Procedures
GI 7.029 Rigging Hardware Requirements
GI 7.030 Inspection and Testing Requirements for Elevating/Lifting Equipment
GI 7.031 Heavy Equipment Services
GI 8.001 Safety Requirements for Scaffolds
GI 150.002 Basic Life Support (BLS) Heart saver Automated External Defibrillator (AED)
/ Standard First Aid (SFA) and First Aid Kit
GI 151.006 Implementing the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code
GI 298.010 Administration Procedure of Contractor Camps/Parks and Construction Camp
GI 430.001 Waste Management
GI 1021.0I0 Street and Road Closure: Excavations Reinstatement and Traffic Control
GI 1321.015 Request for Air Medical Evacuation

30
 Page 31 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

GI 1781.001 Inspection Testing and Maintenance of Fire Protection Equipment

GI 150.001 Asbestos Hazard Management
GI 150.100 Hazardous Materials Communication (HAZCOM) Program
GI 150.110 Periodic Occupational Physical Examination Programs
GI 1780.0£I1 Atmosphere-Supplying Respirators

3.4 SAUDI ARAMCO ENGINEERING STANDARDS

The main reference documents
SAES-A-112 Meteorological and Seismic Design Data
SAES-B-014 Safety Requirements for Plant and Operations Support Buildings
SAES-B-017 Fire Water System Design
SAES-B-019 Portable, Mobile and Special Fixed Firefighting Equipment
SAES-B-055 Plant Layout
SAE5-B-064 Onshore and Nearshore Pipeline Safety
SAES-M-tXX\ Saudi Aramco Security and General-Purpose Fencing
SAES-M-100 Saudi Aramco Building Code
SAES-P-111 Grounding
SAES-P-123 Lighting
SA Construction Safety Manual (CSM)
SA Medical Minimum Standards Requirements Manual (MMSR Manual)
SA Safety Handbook, Minimum Safety Rules

31
 Page 32 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

3.5 SAUDI ARAMCO SANITARY CODE

SASC-S-010 Water
SASC—S—020 Sanitary Wastewater and Sewage Systems
SASC—S—030 Solid Waste Management
SASC-S-040 Food Establishments
SASC—S-070 Camps and Communal Living Facilities

3.6 INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS AND GUIDELINES

International UNI EN ISO 14001-2015 - Environmental Management System

Requirements with guidance for use.
ISO 45001-2018 Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems —
Requirements

32
 Page 33 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

4. CONTRACTOR’s HSE POLICY

33
 Page 34 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

5. CONTRACTOR’S HSE ORGANIZATION

A Project HSE Team has been appointed to support the PM in his management of the
CSSP. The Project HSE Team at site for construction includes the following:

HEALTH & SAFETY ENIVORNMENT MANAGER.

SAFETY ENGINEER
SAFETY OFFICER
NURSE
SECURITY

5.1 PROJECT HSE ORGANIZATION CHART

Project HSE Organizational Chart as attached at the appendix under title of

JAFURAH PKG-6 ORGANIZATION CHART.

5.2 ASSIGEMENT of RESPONSIBILITIES

The following sections provide a description of the major responsibilities for each
HSE organizational Position. The responsibilities assigned to each of the main
positions refer to the specific functions to be assured within the Project HSE
Organization and do not necessarily imply that a dedicated person has to be associated
with each identified position.

5.2.1 Projects Manager

Projects Manager shall:

Ensure that the project is managed in a coordinated and unified manner, overseeing
all phases/activities, together with the achievement of established project health and
safety objectives assigned.
34
 Page 35 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Represent Contractor with the Client, Licensors & Partners, and managing all the
HSE contractual aspects.
Ensure the review of HSE contractual documents.
Define project’s HSE Strategies.
Supervise site activities.
supervise project activities regarding aspects relating to health, safety and
environmental protection, through the project organization positions in addition, the
PSM shall:
Carry responsibility, and overall accountability, for adequate implementation of the
Contractor Site Safety Program.
Lead the Project Team in its commitment to meet overall safety, health,
environment and security objectives of the Site Safety Program.
Strive to continually improve the HSE culture and performance through personal
leadership and example.
Contribute as necessary to ensure full compliance with relevant Legislation,
standards, plans and procedures.
Ensure all subordinates, including line management and supervision, maintain their
ownership and accountability of the Site Safety Program.
Ensures that employee performance appraisals include significant evaluation of that
employee's commitment and contribution to the Zero Accident Target.
Daily/weekly inspections and periodical internal audit shall be the main instrument
to achieve the above-mentioned goal.
Liaise with Client Management on HSE aspects of the Project.
Carry the responsibility and overall accountability for the Contractor Site Safety
Program execution

35
 Page 36 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

5.2.2 Project Manager

Project Manager shall:

Ensure, reporting to the Project Director, the achievement of the established

health and safety objectives for the assigned phase/activities in order to meet
the contractual obligations and objectives set by the E&C Business Unit and
help achieve the overall objectives for the project managed by the Projects
Manager.
Represent, insofar as within remit, the Company with Clients, Licensors and
Partners, also managing all the HSE contractual aspects.
Ensure, insofar as within remit, the review of HSE contractual documents.
Define, based on the instructions of the Project Director and in accordance
with the project's overall.
Objectives and strategies, the HSE strategies for assigned phase/activities and
supervise the planning and scheduling of activities.
Approve the CSSP, ensuring its implementation.
Ensure compliance with applicable and/or local HSE laws and regulation.
Undertake a leadership role in the HSE process.
Set standards for safe and healthy execution of construction works, and ensure
full dedication by all personnel to Zero Accident Tolerance.
Ensure that all line management and supervision conduct their duties in a
manner which supports the
Zero Accident Tolerance philosophy.
Ensure and has the overall responsibility for the safe and healthy completion of
all construction activities.

36
 Page 37 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Ensure sufficient resources are available, in terms of equipment and qualified

Personnel, to effectively manage HSE issues.
Ensure that all site personnel are competent, qualified and adequately trained to
perform duties given to them during the course of the construction phase.
Ensures that all machinery, tools and equipment for use on the site are safe and
satisfactory for the purpose.
Ensure the provision of adequate fire prevention and protection measures and
equipment,
Ensure that basic site medical facilities (first aid) and medical support are in
place before and throughout constriction activities;
Ensure that the Project Emergency Response Plan is fully implemented.
Ensure that the line management participates, contributes actively and exercises
leadership in its respective individual and collective project safety meetings.
Ensure the PPE needs are adequately funded.
Ensures that all new employees receive induction, necessary instruction, training
and proper supervision.
Ensure that every work activity performed by the Subcontractor, vendors and
suppliers (if any) is executed in a safe and controlled manner.
Establish and maintain a direct line of communication with the Field HSE
Manager (FHSEM).
Implement an employee incentive scheme;
Attends, and participate in relevant HSE meetings.
Conduct unscheduled meetings as necessary at his discretion or on request of the
Field HSE Manager (FHSEM).

37
 Page 38 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Ensure the immediate reporting of all accidents to the company representative.

lead investigations into serious accidents or potentially serious incidents.
Support "accident reporting" motivation.

In addition, the PM shall:

Accepts ownership of the CSSP elements regarding the activities.

Carries the responsibility and overall accountability for CSSP execution.
leads the Contractor's Project Team as it meets the overall objectives of the
CSSP.
Sets the prime example in executing the work with full dedication to Zero
Accident Target and ensures all subordinates including line management and
supervision maintain ownership of elements of the CSSP and safety
performance.
Ensures that individual employee performance appraisal includes significant
evaluation of the employee's commitment and performance contribution to the
Zero Accident Tolerance and overall, to the CSSP.
Ensures that senior site management staff is conversant with the relevant
requirements of current legislation and the CSSP, and that they are assigned
appropriate duties and responsibilities to assist in its effective implementation.
Ensures that employees receive a copy of, are conversant, and fully comply with
the requirements of the CSSP.

38
 Page 39 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

5.2.3 Site Engineer

The Site Engineers ensures the performance of construction activities carried out on a
direct hiring basis or manages the construction and assembly works carried out by
employees, ensuring that time, cost, quality, health, safety and environmental
protection requirements for the work activities are met.

HSE duties include:

Participating, insofar as within remit and in liaison with HSEM, in the Plan, the
HSE Plan for the construction and the HSE Manual for the responsibility.
Checking that the procedures defined for site activities are applied.
Coordinating and supervising the works carried out on a direct hiring basis or
by contractors and validating their accounting, using the services of the DS
positions and operating in coordination with MSQM.
Checking construction progress weekly, identifying any critical aspects and,
where construction activities are sub - contracted, requesting the necessary
actions from the Contractor concerned.

5.2.4 Project HSE Manager

The Project HSE Manager (PHSEM), reporting to the senior position in the overall
Project (either PSM or PM), and shall manage and supervise Project activities
within their remit relating to health, safety and the environment during Project
development phase, ensuring that the Company HSE Management System is
correctly applied.

39
 Page 40 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The following are among the responsibilities of the PHSEM.

To define the Project HSE objectives in accordance with the HSE Policy and
contractual requirements.
To ensure preparation of the Project HSE Requirements (PHSER), Project
HSE General Plan, and the HSE Plans and Manuals for the engineering,
procurement and construction and commissioning phases, in accordance
with Project HSE objectives.
To ensure the review of Project HSE documents (e.g., Safety Plans, Risk
Assessment, etc.), with reference to Project HSE requirements and the
Company HSE Management System.
To ensure the review of contractual documents within their area of
responsibility.
To conduct pre-construction surveys, identify safety criticalities and
environmentally sensitive areas and design mitigation measures.
To assist the engineering and management teams in the Risk Management
process.
To assist construction teams in Risk Management and Occupational Safety
Risk Assessment.
To control the activities relating to Project related HSE activities performed
by the different functions.
To ensure the review activities defined in Project HSE Plans and Company
procedures (HSE review, HAZOP studies, etc.), guarantee that their
execution is aligned with Project progress and report to the Project Manager
on any conflicts between HSE requirements and other Project objectives;

40
 Page 41 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

To coordinate the HSE audit for the Project.

To ensure support to the PSM/PM in relations with the Client and the
designated HSE Authorities.
To ensure, in compliance with contractual obligations and local legislation,
and liaising with the other Project positions, that the HSE requirements to
the considered and applied in all phases of works are defined, and to check
their implementation thereafter.
Update the specific Site HSE Plans, submit them for the PM's approval and
check that they are correctly implemented by MMS Company and/or
Contractor personnel.
Define emergencies scenarios. Emergency Response Plans and arrange
emergency drills.
Guarantee the correct procedures to obtain local authorizations relating to
HSE areas (e.g., risk analysis, social environmental impact assessment, fire
prevention, waste management, water discharge, etc.).
Inform and train Company personnel responsible for HSE.
Check HSE Plans and submit them to the PM for approval.
Ensure that the Site Engineers are supported in the field controls with regard
to HSE issues.
Participate in the analysis of the causes of any accidents or injuries and also
ensure the collection of data.
To prepare all safety procedures and/ or manuals for construction and
commissioning activities.
check the safe working condition of equipment and protective devices.

41
 Page 42 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

5.2.5 Safety Engineer

The Safety Engineer (SE), reporting to the PHSEM and interfacing with Project
Specialist Leaders, shall coordinate the safety evaluation of devices and equipment
for both the design and engineering of execution phases.

The following are among the responsibilities of the SE:

To participate in the preparation of the Project HSE Plans, indicating the actions
to be taken and the deliverables to be produced, in corporation with the other
interested positions.
To cooperate with the PHSEM in planning and executing HSE review activities.
To develop specific studies and global analyses in order to evaluate the safety
behavior of plants and/or devices in normal and abnormal conditions (i.e.
HAZOP, HAZID, etc.).
To perform analyses and studies on risk assessment;
To assure follow-up in order to monitor the satisfactory resolution of safety
issues identified in the course of the design development.
To monitor plant and Site safety assessment activities during the design ar«1
operational phases.
To ensure that knowledge of authorization regulations and processes for the
safety of plants and Sites is updated and disseminated.
To verify the proper application of relevant safety and reliability criteria.

42
 Page 43 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

5.2.6 Safety Coordinator

The Safety Coordinator, reporting to the PHSEM, and possibly supported by Safety
Supervisor/Officers, shall plan and track safety issues at the Site during Project
execution phases.
The following are among the responsibilities of the Safety Coordinator:

To ensure that knowledge of operating safety standards and regulations

applicable to workers, operating equipment and machinery is updated and
disseminated.
To use techniques and operating methods for safety planning, training and
control; to define, update and monitor implementation of safety procedures.
To define the correct procedures to obtain local authorization where safety
activities are required (e.g., risk analysis, fire prevention, etc.).
To inform and train Company personnel and Contractor managers responsible
for safety.
To update and spread safety rules and standard safety knowledge for devices
and equipment.
To assure the compliance of the safety management system with Company
requirements.
To perform safety audits.
To participate in incident investigation.

5.2.7 Safely Supervisor/Officer

The Safety Supervisor/Officer shall support the Safety Coordinator in planning and
tracking safety issues in operations.
The following are among the responsibilities of the Safety Supervisor/Officer:
To update and disseminate knowledge of authorization processes and
regulations for the safety of plants and Sites.
To plan and supervise safety procedures in operations.
To update and spread safety rules and standard safety knowledge.

43
 Page 44 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

To assure safety management system compliance with Company requirements.

To adopt operative techniques and methodologies for the planning, training
and safety control.
To manage safety obligations and conformity assessments for activities at an
organizational Unit level, and oversee reporting.
To perform safety audits, verifications and inspections.
To deliver induction sessions, orientation training and other Project specific
training, according to HSE training plan, also leveraging external training
providers.
To manage HSE reporting to the Company.
To participate in incident investigation.

5.2.8 Scaffolder Advisor

The Contractor Scaffolder Advisor will have the following duties:

Reviewing the Scaffolding Method Statement:

Review Risk Assessment and Job Safety Analysis related to the activities for
erection, modification and dismantling of scaffolds.
Review the competency of the subcontractor scaffolders in order to advise
for further training requirements.
Provide necessary training on the job and specific technical advice.
Develop and perform a weekly scaffolding inspection along with
subcontractor scaffolding team.

44
 Page 45 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

5.2.9 Foreman

He shall be responsible for his own, his co-workers and his assigned
employee’s safety within the limitations of his authority.
He shall be familiar, comply with and adhere to the Contractor HSE Project
documentation and Company requirements, undertaking all preventive and
protective measures considered necessary to comply with the mentioned HSE
requirements.
He will incorporate HSE Procedures in routine tasks and see that his people
are fully aware with HSE requirements.
He will conduct weekly HSE meetings with employees.
He will conduct daily work survey on equipment and tool in his respective
area as part of their daily activities and will initiate prompt corrective actions
as to noted deficiencies, unsafe conditions or practices.
He shall ensure that the work area, including access to and egress from such,
is maintained in a safe and healthy condition at all times.
He will ensure that work areas are left in a safe and healthy condition after
certain jobs are completed, and at the end of every shift (End-Of-Shift-
Checks).
He will ensure that new employees are properly instructed and oriented in
precautions to be taken before they are allowed to start work.
He will cooperate during the HSE inspection activities and findings with
PHSEM and field Safety officers.
Report accidents, unsafe conditions defects in equipment to direct
supervisors and report for appreciation the personnel who eliminate hazards.

45
 Page 46 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

5.2.10 Workers

All workers are responsible for their own safety and that of their co-workers as far as
any act of omission on commission on the individual's part may hazard co-worker.

All workers will use correct tools and equipment for this job: tools will be kept in
good conditions.

All workers will check their tools, equipment and personal protection prior to
commencement of work (included after particular events potentially causing any risk
change). Items to be checked include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

Hand tools.
Electrically powered tools.
Body harnesses.
Ladders and scaffoldings.
Slings and rigging equipment etc.
Cranes and Motor vehicles.
Excavations

All workers cannot modify tools or use on the job made tools.

Tool repair shall be conducted by only qualified technician.

All workers will be fully aware of the consequences of unsafe acts.

All workers shall be aware and understand the importance of safety devices and
equipment and welfare facilities and will not abuse any of the above.

46
 Page 47 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Every worker will be trained with instructions on how to properly use the provided
PRE, and he will be responsible for maintaining PRE in an efficient state and for use
them correctly.

All workers will report any accidents, near misses or hazardous conditions to
immediate superior.

All workers will obey all posted warning signs.

Each worker shall set personal example.

6. SITE SAFETY STAFF REQUIRMENTS

Site Safety Staff Requirements
Employees Safety Min. Safety Ratio of Safety Officers to
Manager Supervisor(S) Employees Present (min.)
Required Required
1-25 NO NO None
26-50 NO 1 (One) None
51-500 NO 1 (One) 1:50
500-1000 YES 1 for Every 10 1:50
Safety Officers
1001 -5000 YES 1 for Every 10 20 officers plus additional at ratio
Safety Officers of 1:100
5000+ YES 1 for Every 10 60 officers plus additional at ratio
Safety Officers of 1:150

47
 Page 48 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

7. CONTRACTOR HSE PHILOSOPHY

"Zero Injury" is a term used to Identify a unique attitude, which existed on projects
achieving "Safety Excellence". This attitude or philosophy appears as a zealous
commitment by top management to the concept that zero injury is the only acceptable
goal. Any other goal implies that injuries are expected and are acceptable.

MMS Company recognizes that eliminating all worker injury on projects for
significant periods is possible. The first essential criterion required is the acceptance
of the Zero Injury Concept by those in charge, and effectively communicating this fact
through the organization to workers. Further, it is essential that owners devote
resources for the development and implementation of the safety techniques that
provide the highest impact on achieving zero injury projects.

7.1 MMS Company Accident Prevention Objectives

To promote and implement a comprehensive safety program for all employees,

and ensure that everyone is safety conscious at all times.
To eliminate, or to provide suitable protection against all recognizable
occupational hazards.
To implement procedures and practices that minimizes the risk of accidents.
To instruct all employees of present hazards, how to recognize them, how to
avoid the hazard, and what to do if one meets a hazard.
To disseminate the necessary educational information that will decrease
hazards and improve each individual's health and safety.

48
 Page 49 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Disseminate good safety practices by example, by daily personal contact, by

observation and evaluation and by communication between the employees,
supervision and management.
Life Saving Rules (LSR) Implementation.

7.2 MMS Company Philosophy

All injuries can be prevented.

Management, which includes all levels through the first line
supervisor and foreman, is responsible for preventing occupational
injuries and illnesses.
Safety must be planned into every job. Attention to the problems and
hazards of the work and the workplace is a continuing obligation.
All work exposures, which may result in injuries, can be controlled;
no matter what the exposure is, an effective safeguard can be
provided.
It is necessary to provide training and supervision to ensure that all
employees work safely. An awareness for safety does not usually
come naturally. With effective training programs, safety
reinforcement, and supervision to teach, motivate, and sustain safety
knowledge. Accidents and injuries can be eliminated.
Safety audits must monitor and evaluate performance in the workplace
to assess safety and health effectiveness.

49
 Page 50 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

All deficiencies must be recognized and corrected promptly.

In the event of an accident or near miss incident, a thorough
investigation and evaluation of the incident sequence can prevent a
similar occurrence in the future. Developed information,
disseminated to all levels of management and employees, will aid in
the prevention of future accidents. Near miss incidents are warnings
and should the examined and treated accordingly.
It is good business to prevent accidents, injuries and illnesses. Safety,
job competence and work efficiency go together for successful job
completion.
People are the most essential element of the safety program.
Concerned, involved, and trained employees are the company's
greatest resources.
The strength of these principles lies in their application. It is the
Project Manager for Construction, the Site Engineers, and the first
line supervisor who are ultimately responsible for the safety of all
workers and for preventing accidents and injuries. The lead must
come by example rather than rhetoric. Knowledge is not enough;
attitude and execution make the difference.

50
 Page 51 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

7.3 MMS Company System for Controlling Losses

Controlling losses Is a function of management. There are four (4) concerns of
management:
1. Production Control.
2. Quality Control.
3. Cost Control.
4. Loss Control.
Rarely can one be changed without some effect upon the other three. For this reason,
it is not in the best interest of "MMS Company", or its employees, to consider safety
as something apart from production, quality, and cost. Since production, quality, and
costs are managed on a day-to-day basis, loss control should have the same treatment.
There are five recognized steps in the successful management of losses. These
steps are:
1. Identification of loss control problems.
2. Setting standards for that work.
3. Measurement of results based upon a standard.
4. Evaluation of results.
5. Correction of program deficiencies
Identification of loss control problems and setting standards for such work are
essential elements of successful loss control programs.
We have identified several areas in loss control for which standards have been
developed These work areas may be changed, increased, or decreased from time to
time, as needs dictate:
Group safety meetings.

51
 Page 52 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Dissemination of information.
Proper job instruction.
Accident Investigation.
Safety rules and enforcement.
Personal protective equipment.
Facility and work inspections.
Housekeeping audits.
Establishment of management safety steering committees.
Incentive, recognition and rewards for good safety performance.
General safety orientation training.
These work activities have been chosen because intensive studies have shown that
these activities are the most significant in preventing losses in our industry.
7.4 Zero Incident Philosophy
Mission
We will achieve "Zero Incidents" by attaining the following goals:
Zero Recordable Incidents.
Zero Lost Work Incidents.
Zero Motor Vehicle Accidents.
Zero Fires.
We will:
Comply with all client work rules.
Plan safety into the work.
Develop "Safe Behaviors" in all supervision, resulting in a culture of safety
awareness and prevention.

52
 Page 53 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Ensure total management support.

Use the following techniques:

Safety Orientation.
Safety Training.
Safety Audits.
Incident Investigation.
Recognition of each individual's responsibility for incident prevention.
Recognition and awards.
Behavioral program as LiHS and LSR

8. OFFICE SAFETY

8.1 Responsibilities

First Aiders

First Aid Providers appointed to a particular office area are responsible for
providing first aid to persons injured in the office as per the Health Plan.

Specifically, to office safety, First Aid Providers have the following

responsibilities:

Conduct inspections of first aid equipment in accordance with the Health

Plan
Support medical services in preparing for and carrying out medical
response activities as per the Health Plan, such as escorting injured
personnel and supporting medical staff in necessary communications

53
 Page 54 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Fire Wardens

Fire Wardens are responsible to carry out specific activities during a fire alarm, to
support the organization getting at the personnel a safety place (muster point) and
ensuring that proper actions are taken to reduce the risk of incident escalation.

Specific procedures will the provided for each area as per the relevant site Emergency
Response Plan. Specifically, to office safety. Fire Wardens have the following
responsibilities:

Conduct inspections of equipment relevant to the role of the fire wardens.

Ensure their familiarity with the site-specific emergency procedures related to their
duties.
Attend regular refresher training on specific duties for their competence area.
Report any immediate deficiencies to the appropriate HSE Representative for the
area.

Employees

Individuals have the responsibility to ensure they are aware of the office safety
requirements, and to implement the requirements in order to avoid and mitigate office
safety risks.

All Employees will:

Protect themselves and co-workers who may be affected by their actions and
behavior.
Use appropriately any personal protective equipment and/or clothing provided.

54
 Page 55 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Participate in provided office safety training in order to gain an understanding

and awareness of office related risks and hazards.
Take appropriate action to stop any unsafe acts and report all incidents, accidents
and near misses that
Relate to office safety.
Assist in and contribute to the identification, assessment and control of office
risks and hazards.

8.2 Employee Orientation

On employee's first day, induction training on basic office safety matters will be
provided. HSE induction. The topics will include:

Review of emergency response procedures.

Review of the floor/building emergency exits, evacuation procedures and
assembly area.
Location of first aid supplies.
Identification of first aiders, fire wardens and other key personnel.
Summary of the applicable requirements from this specification.

8.3. Office Areas

8.3.1 Working Areas

All staff will the allocated an adequate workspace to ensure their comfort and to
avoid overcrowding. Working areas will be designed in accordance with ergonomics
principles in order to ensure safe and comfortable working conditions.

55
 Page 56 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

8.3.2 Safety Signs

Safety signs (e g. escape routes, no smoking and firefighting equipment signs) will be
prominently displayed in office buildings where necessary. Safety signage will be kept
up to date.

Instruction on the various safety signs found in offices will be given during the HSE
induction.

8.4 Electrical Installations

When used in the correct manner, electrical equipment is safe and highly efficient.
However, incorrect usage can result in fires and expose people to electric shocks.

It is important that staff are aware of the potential hazards of electricity and the basic
precautions to take to avoid these hazards.

Electrical equipment (including plugs and socket outlets, leads and extension cords,
power tools, appliances, etc.), and the manner in which it is used and maintained, will
meet the requirements of

Saudi Aramco Construction Safety Manual, Volume 3, Chapter3"Temporary

Electric Installations"

Especially, the following safety instructions will tie practiced to minimize exposure
to electrical hazards:

Only authorized and competent personnel will install, maintain, repair or remove
hard-wired electrical equipment.

56
 Page 57 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Electrically powered equipment will tie switched off and disconnected from the
electrical supply prior to any cleaning or adjustment by competent personnel.
Electrical equipment will have easily accessible switches and all metal parts will
be earthed or the equipment double insulated.
Extension cords will not be used for any permanently installed office equipment.
Where used for temporary installations, extension cords will be fitted with an
independent earth conductor, a male plug on one end and a female socket on
the other.
Leads and extension cords used in domestic, office or commercial environments
will be polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) or rubber insulated and sheathed with heavy-
duty PVC.
Routing of such extension cords will be in accordance with workplace activities,
and kept away from any chemical processes or areas where the cord could be at
risk from damage, or cause a hazard to personnel.
All electrical cables will be free from defects and knots and will run tidily and
without creating a tripping hazard.
A system will be in place so that all faults such as cracked plugs, frayed or
damage leads or faulty wall sockets are reported immediately by personnel and
the equipment not used until repaired, Competent trained persons will perform
all repairs.
A regular maintenance, inspection and tagging system will tje implemented for
all portable electrical equipment.
The electrical supply and the electrical equipment will be properly protected by
fuses or circuit breakers.

57
 Page 58 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

All power sockets, including any temporary extensions, will be used within their
capacity to avoid electrical overload. Multiple socket extensions will not be
used to provide power to additional multiple socket extensions.
Electrical switch rooms and electrical riser enclosures will be clearly marked.
Access to switch rooms will the restricted to competent persons.

8.5 Lighting

Lighting will be positioned to give maximum illumination while keeping the level
of glare to a minimum. According to general best practice the recommended
illumination level for office areas will be maintained as per the specification:

SAES-P-123, Lighting

SAES-M-100, Saudi Aramco Building Code

8.6. Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning

Offices will be kept at a comfortable temperature. A thermometer will always be

available to monitor the ambient temperature in offices. Heating, ventilation and
air conditioning (HVAC) systems will be properly maintained to ensure a healthy
indoor air quality.

8.7 Materials Storage

8.T.1 Chemical and Flammable Materials

Special care will be taken in the handling and storage of all chemicals used in an
office. Examples of such materials are photocopier inks and toners, cleaning fluids,
samples and lubricants.

58
 Page 59 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

A single responsible person will be assigned for each office area. He will be
notified of all chemicals used or brought onto the site.

Staff will be made aware of any hazards and will use the chemicals in accordance
with the manufacturer's instructions.

Chemical (including items such as waste toner) will be disposed of and recycled in
an appropriate manner as per chapter 49 of the present CSSP.

8.7.2 Stationery and Other Inert Materials

Stationery and other inert material and supplies will be stored in such a position as
to provide easy access for staff, to avoid the possibility of injury due to awkward
lifting and carrying. Items will be positioned such that they do not represent a trip
hazard.

8.8 Personal Protective Equipment

Personal protective equipment (PPE) will be considered for staff working in an

office complex where an appropriate risk exists.

Examples where provision of PRE may be required are maintenance staff (e.g.,
safety shoes, overalls, gloves and safety helmet).

All electricians and brow-field workers will be provided with fire resistant clothing
in compliance with Gl 2.721. All atmosphere-supplying respirators will be
provided in compliance with Gl 1780.001

In any case will be assess the real necessity to use PPE with a specific Risk
Assessment.

59
 Page 60 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

8.9 Fire Precautions and Emergency Procedures

The risk of fire varies according to the construction materials and configuration of
office buildings and the activities performed.

Efficient fire detection and warning facilities, proper escape routes and good
firefighting equipment are required for protection.

Office Top Management will carry out a Fire Risk Assessment for all workplaces for
which they are responsible, either as owner or as occupier/operator.

The assessment will apply to all places where people work. Including offices.
Identification of the potential fire hazards and threats In the workplace will be
performed with the follow steps:

Deciding who might be in danger In the event of a fire and note their location.
Evaluating the risks arising from the hazards and deciding whether the existing
fire precautions are adequate, or whether more will be done to prevent fires or
to reduce their potential effects (and subsequently Implementing the added
precautions).
Recording the findings and the details of actions taken to prevent fires or to
reduce their potential effects.
Ensure that employees and other affected personnel are Informed about the
findings.
Keeping the assessment under review and revising It when necessary.
Additionally, the following fire precautions will be taken.

60
 Page 61 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

All fire escape routes and exit doors, alarm points, exit signs, and fire-fighting
equipment will be regularly maintained and kept readily accessible and clear of
obstructions at all times.
All designated emergency exit doors will be designed and constructed to open
to the outside discharge zone. Designated exit doors will be marked from the
Inside with a PUSH or PULL sign In English and in local language.
Emergency escape routes will be designed in accordance with the OSHA
29CFR1910.36
Fire Wardens and delegates will be appointed for all office buildings in adequate
numbers in order to effectively perform their responsibilities during drills and
actual emergencies.
All personnel will be familiar with the fire emergency and evacuation
procedures, alarm systems, available equipment, and their responsibilities and
accountability before and in the event of a fire alarm.
Fire drills and periodic Inspections will be conducted to ensure the systems
remain functional and to familiarize staff with actions to be taken in the event
of emergency. The alarms are required to be tested on a regular frequency,
typically done via a weekly test and drills will be carried out to ensure all office
areas undergo a drill at least once per year.
'No Smoking' policies and signs will be respected. Where smoking Is permitted
cigarettes and used matches will be disposed of only In designated ashtrays.

61
 Page 62 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

8.10 First Aid Arrangements

Sufficient numbers of first aid providers ('First Aiders') will be placed on the whole
working area. For each office, there will be at least two designated First Aiders.

Office buildings with more than 200 people will designate at least one additional
First Aider for every 100 employees. Individuals nominated to be First Aiders will
complete a program of competence-based training in first aid at work run by an
approved training provider.

Refresher training will be given at least every three years.

First aid kits will the maintained in each office area.

Minimum first aid kit contents as below detailed will be inspected at least
weekly by the First Aiders:

Gauze pads (at least4x4 inches),

Two large gauze pads (at least8x10 inches).
Box adhesive bandages (Band-Aids).
One package gauze roller bandage at least2inches wide, v' Two triangular
bandages.
Wound cleaning agent such as sealed moistened towelettes.
Scissors.
At least one blanket.
Adhesive tape.
Latex gloves.
Resuscitation equipment such as resuscitation bag. Airway, or pocket mask.

62
 Page 63 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Two elastic wraps.

Splint.

Directions for requesting emergency assistance.

When larger operations or multiple operations are being conducted at the same
location, additional first-aid kits should be provided at the work site or additional
quantities of supplies should tie included in the first-aid kits.

Consumable items will be replenished as needed, and all inspections will be

recorded. A suitable room will be made available for first aid purposes

All injuries, no matter how minor, sustained by staff on the Office premises will
be reported in writing.

8.11. Office Safety Inspections

It is the responsibility of Sectional Heads to monitor their respective areas and

initiate safety inspections.

Office safety inspections will be carried out at regular intervals (preferably on a

quarterly _ basis) with remedial actions being reviewed by line management and
discussed at HSE Meetings. HSE, HR, discipline leaders and administrator will be
part of the team for the inspection of the office. In particular, but not limited the
inspection will be focused on the following items:

Escape route clearance.

Electrical safety.
Fire prevention.

63
 Page 64 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

8.12 Maintenance
Maintenance systems will be in place in areas in which:
All electrical, fire-fighting, lighting, plumbing and ventilation equipment and systems
are inspected and maintained on a regular basis by a competent person.
All floor coverings, tiles, carpets, metal divider or securing strips are regularly
inspected and any loose or damaged items replaced or re-secured immediately.
All workplace furniture is regularly inspected for broken or loose legs, castors, wheels,
damaged or cracked work-surfaces and non-functioning or ill-fitting drawers or doors
Any damaged items will be replaced or repaired immediately.
8.13 Housekeeping
Good housekeeping will be considered one of the primary means of minimizing
accidents and injuries in the workplace and therefore is the responsibility of all
personnel.
All passageways, exits, fire doors, break glass alarm points, fire-fighting equipment,
first aid stations and other emergency stations will be kept fully functional, clean and
unobstructed at all times.
Offices will be regularly tidied and cleaned, wastepaper bins and recycling containers
regularly emptied and floors regularly vacuum cleaned
8.14 Waste Disposal
The disposal of different types of waste products will be carefully controlled by an
appointed person or focal point.
Different types of waste will be disposed separately, for example, sharp materials such
as glass, surplus chemicals, medical wastes, building rubble, asbestos, kitchen waste,
paper (including confidential material) and oils.
8.15 Toilets and Washrooms
There will be at least one toilet for every 15 members of each sex, with each being
sufficiently ventilated, and not communicating with any workroom, except through
the open air or through an intervening ventilated space.

64
 Page 65 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Every toilet will tie under cover and partitioned off for privacy and have a proper
locking door.
Where people of both sexes are employed, the toilets for each sex will tie placed or
screened so that the interior is not visible, even when the door is open, from any place
where people of the other sex have to work or pass.
Washing facilities will include a supply of clean, running hot and cold water, soap and
clean towels or other means of cleaning and drying.
At least two wash basins for every 20 workers are recommended.
Toilets and washrooms need to tie kept clean. Separate sources of drinking and
washing water will be provided.
9 SAFETY SIGNS
9.1 Responsibilities
Superintendent and Supervisors
Ensure that signs and barriers are ordered in accordance with this procedure.
identifying and ordering sufficient signs and barriers to control work areas.
Foreman
Verify that signs and barriers are ordered in accordance with this procedure.
Monitoring site conditions to ensure that signs and barriers are being erected as
appropriate to the conditions.
Employee
Ensuring that signs and barriers are erected in accordance with these procedures.
Respect the barriers and the signs.

65
 Page 66 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

9.2. Signs
The signs described in this specification will be grouped as follows.
9.2.1 Mandatory signs
Mandatory signs will be provided for enforcing the use of personal protective clothing
and equipment and providing specific instructions appropriate to the task or condition.
Background color will be blue, with the symbol or text centrally placed. At least50%
of the sign will be in blue.
9.2.2 Prohibition signs
Prohibition signs will be displayed for restricting access or entry, no smoking areas,
no parking, and any other unauthorized acts.
Background color will be white with black symbol, centrally placed and red circular
band and crossbar. A minimum of 35% of the sign will be red.
9.2.3 Warning signs
Warning signs will be erected and displayed for fire hazards, electrical equipment,
openings, overhead working, noisy areas and other hazards.
Background colour will be yellow with a triangular warning symbol edged with a
black band. The text or symbol will be in black and centrally located.
9.2.4 Safe conditions signs
All emergency exits passageways, fire doors first aid stations, eye wash stations
emergency muster point will the highlighted with safety condition signs.
Background colour will be green with white symbol or text The shape of the sign will
be square or oblong and green will cover at least50% of the sign.

66
 Page 67 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

9.2.5 Fire signs

Fire signs will be provided at areas where fire equipment has been sited e.g., fire
extinguishers, fire points, fire blankets, etc.
9.2.6 Site perimeter and access point signs
Barriers and warning tape will be provided as appropriate Barrier tape will be suitable
for external use and maybe either: fluorescent, orange or other high visibility colour
(for traffic control); red and white or yellow and red for general warning & hazard
warning pennants.
Only fixed and solid barriers (constructed from scaffolding or timber) will be used for
edge protection on excavations, floor openings and penetrations or in any
circumstance where persons may fall from.
Additionally, where necessary, the following signs will be put in place on the barriers;
Authorized personnel only.
Hard hats to be worn.
Eye protection required.
Safety footwear.
Drivers report to.

67
 Page 68 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

9.3Appendix 1- Main Warning Signs

9.3.1 Main mandatory signs

68
 Page 69 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

9.3.2 Main Prohibition Signs

69
 Page 70 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

9.3.3 Main warning signs

70
 Page 71 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

9.3.4 Main rescue signs

71
 Page 72 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

10. SITE HSE INSPECTIONS

The Field HSE Manager shall conduct documented HSE Inspections. Site Engineers
will submit to Company a monthly report providing the following information of:
list of all HSE inspections and related activities performed during the previous
workday.
list of HSE violations observed including the names and Company ID
Numbers of employees involved in each violation.
Descriptions of preventive and corrective actions taken to prevent a recurrence
of all HSE violations observed.
Activities/areas to be inspected will include, but not limited to, worksites,
fabrication areas, storage areas, offices, accommodation camps, welfare areas,
and recreation areas.

In addition to HSE inspections will be implemented a program for Safety Walks.

This program will be implemented for all stages of construction. Participation in these
programs will include Senior COMPANY personnel.
A monthly schedule will be developed / issued covering all activities/areas on the
Project together with the specified personnel to participate.
A Site Safety Logbook kept in the HSE Site Office will be established for recording
of items/safety violations/non conformities/strength identified during Inspections /
Safety Walks /Audits with the results being analyzed, in order that lessons learned
can be incorporated into Project procedures/systems in order for continuous
improvement to be achieved.
The logbook is a useful tool to ease the follow-up of the remedial actions. It will
reveal what work has been completed and what work is still in progress or is in

72
 Page 73 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

pending. Summaries of Site Safety Logbook entries will be provided to Company

Representative on a monthly basis.
10.1 HSE Inspections
An inspection is a formal examination or evaluation exercise.
The main purpose of inspection is to ensure that safety standards are adhered in the
construction site and ensure public safety in the surrounding locations.
During the inspections, the inspection team can notice low standards, non-
conformities or strength. Accordingly, preventive and corrective measures will be
taken immediately
In all inspections, standards of compliance shall be in accordance with the Company
requirements. The Inspections will be carried out using specific check lists.
These inspections will be administrated and coordinated by the Field HSE Manager
on site, utilizing personnel from the Management Team.
10.1.1 Inspections Schedule
Field HSE Manager will prepare a monthly schedule for these HSE Inspections.
As a general rule, the typical HSE inspection which will be carried out at site are
shown in the following table. The table shows the responsible persons as well.
Type of Inspections Frequency Responsible Person
Inspection of work areas Weekly HSE Staff
Fire Fighting Equipment Inspection Monthly HSE Staff
Equipment Inspections for color coding Quarterly Competent Person

In addition to the above inspections, each foreman/worker/safety officer is not relieving

from conducting the daily survey /checks of equipment, tools and work area in their
respective area of work.

73
 Page 74 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

10.1.2 HSE Inspections

Weekly and Monthly inspection carried out by HSE Staff are commonly called HSE
Inspections.
HSE Inspections include:
Inspection of work areas, including laydown areas, warehouses and workshops;
Inspections of firefighting equipment, comprehensive of firefighting equipment
at worksite, offices,
laydown areas, workshops, warehouses, accommodation camps, etc...
Inspection of offices and accommodation camps.
Purpose of HSE Inspection is to evaluate general safety and health conditions at site.
These inspections will be administrated and coordinated by the Field HSE Manager.
During the activity HSE staff can require technical assistance from contractor and
contractor personnel.
10.1.3 Monthly Equipment Inspections for color coding
The purpose of a Color-Coding System is to avoid injury to personnel and damage to
equipment due to the use of worn or not properly maintained tools, equipment, items
of equipment and vehicles. Color Coding procedure is detailed in section 12 of the
CSSP.
The formal monthly inspection for color coding does not relieve the equipment user
of his duty and responsibility of visually checking the equipment each day and to
report defects to supervision line for immediate corrective action. Bad working
equipment has not to be used and has to tie marked.
Color coding system will apply, but not limited, to the following categories of
equipment, items of equipment, Tools and vehicles.
Hand tools.
All portable electrical tools, extension cords and other such equipment (fixed
panels, pumps, machinery, GFCI's on welding machines, etc.)
Rigging and lifting equipment (slings, chain hoists, come-a-longs, etc.)

74
 Page 75 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Hydraulic and Pneumatic tools and equipment (i.e., air compressors and
receivers, hoses, abrasive, blasting and paint apparatus, air winches, etc.).
Temporary Electrics installations.
All cartridge-operated tools (nail gun, Hilti-gun, etc.)
Fall protection equipment (full body harnesses, lifelines, double lanyards,
retractable devices, etc.)
Other equipment as deemed necessary by Project Management.
Colour coding will not be applied to:
Personal protective equipment (with the exception of Fall protection
equipment)
Firefighting equipment
Scaffolding and components
In particular:
PPE will be inspected and maintained according to Paragraph 28of this CSSP.
Firefighting equipment will be inspected and maintained according to
Paragraph 38 of this CSSP.
Scaffoldings and their components will be inspected, maintained and tagged as
per Paragraph 43 of this CSSP.
Contractor or its Subcontractor's shall ensure that only competent inspectors (or
competent persons) will conduct inspections of all equipment, in particular electrical
and lifting equipment.
All inspections require the completion of the appropriate “Tools/Equipment
Inspection Register”. The register must identify the equipment by serial number,
conditions noted during the inspection, corrective action, and date of inspection and
signature of the competent person. An essential part of the electrical inspection is a
continuity test of the grounding conductor, where applicable.

75
 Page 76 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

10.1.4 Responsibilities
Inspectors will possess sufficient knowledge and experience to be considered
competent persons
A competent person is a person who is capable of identifying existing and predictable
hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous,
or dangerous to employees, and who has authorization to take prompt corrective
measures to eliminate them. These skills can be acquired or demonstrated by
possession of a recognized pertinent degree or certificate of professional standing or
by extensive knowledge, training and experience.
Each inspector will be skilled in a specific field, even though an inspector could be
considered competent for the inspection of different categories of tools, equipment,
items of equipment and vehicles.
The list of competent persons shall be prepared by Contractor and submitted
periodically to the Company Representatives.
Competent Inspector is responsible for:
Performing inspections and certification of tools and equipment, subject to
color coding requirements, in compliance with relevant procedure.
Ensuring that a proper log is maintained for each item they inspect.
Providing support to supervisors, foremen and workers in recognizing if tools,
equipment, items of equipment and vehicles are safe for use.
Superintendent and supervisor are responsible for:
Ensure that all the personnel engaged to the works have received properly color
coded/inspected equipment, items of equipment, tools and vehicles.
Clear defective equipment, items of equipment, tools and vehicles from work
area as soon as possible to avoid accidental use.
Notify the competent inspector of tools, equipment, items of equipment and
vehicles which fail the daily checks and ensure that these are not used.
Notify Site Management of each situation not in compliance with color coding
system.

76
 Page 77 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Guarantee that the contents of this specification will be communicated and

emphasized during training sessions and safety meetings.
Foremen are responsible for:
Verify that all the employees / workers are using only properly color coded /
inspected equipment, items of equipment, tools and vehicles.
Notify Superintendent/Supervisors of tools, equipment, items of equipment
and vehicles which fail the daily checks and tag them as "out of service".
Request the competent person/inspector's assistance in case of doubt about the
condition of a tools, equipment, item of equipment or vehicle.
Notify Superintendent / Supervisors, or directly the Site Management, of each
situation not in compliance with this specification.
Employees/Workers are responsible for the following:
Inspect their tools, equipment & items of equipment prior the use to ensure that
tools, equipment& items of equipment are in the best working condition.
Notify the respective foreman, or directly the competent inspector, of tools,
equipment, items of equipment and vehicles which fail the daily inspections.
Request the foreman, or directly the competent inspector's assistance, in case of
doubt about the condition of a tool, equipment, item of equipment or vehicle.
Notify the Foreman, or directly the Site Management, of each situation not in
compliance with this specification Safety Walks
Safety Walks are planned visit at site, conducted by Site Management.
The purpose of such visits is to enhance awareness on HSE matters and to demonstrate
management commitment on HSE issues. The observations/finding made during the
visits will be recorded by the Field HSE
Manager in order to implement preventive and corrective actions where necessary.

77
 Page 78 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

As a general rule, the typical Safety Walks which will be carried out at site are shown
in the following table.
The table shows the attendees as well.
Type of Safety Walks Frequency Attendees
Management Safety Walkthrough* Weekly FHSEM, Site Managers
and Foremen and client if
required
HSE Walkthrough** Monthly Senior PMT personnel,
FHSEM, Site Engineers,
Subcontractor Site
Management
(*) will not be carried out if in the same week is foreseen the HSE Walkthrough
(**) Contractual Requirement
10.1.5 Management Safety Walkthrough
Weekly the Site Managers, with the FHSEM and all the Discipline Superintendents,
and Foremen will conduct a documented site evaluation to identify the situation to be
improved and the eventual non-conformities.
The aim is to highlight the critical situations to be immediately resolved and discussed
during the Supervisor Safety meetings, and because the site has many works location,
the group could be divided to better cover the entire site. At the end of the visit, in
turns one at the participant will record the results.
Within the next day the record will be delivered to the FHSEM that will store and
analyze the results.
10.1.6 HSE Walkthrough
HSE Walkthrough are planned and organized tours by Site Management of the Project
in order to observe the state of the worksite as far as health, safety & environment are
concerned, and the extent to which HSE policy is effective. HSE Walkthrough will be
conducted on a monthly basis and will be attended by Senior PMT personnel.

78
 Page 79 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

10.1.7 Inspections/Safety Walks Reports and Follow-Up

An inspection/safety walk report shall be prepared and issued highlighting the
findings and the relevant remedial actions. During inspections/safety walks can be
issued "CAR/Strength Forms". Whether issued, these forms will be attached to the
report.
Major sections of the report shall be:
The identification of the facility, equipment, area inspected/observed.
The description of the substandard condition or practices found,
The remedial action to prevent reoccurrences and relevant losses.
All reports/forms will be developed at site and will be project specific.
Findings and remedial action will be recorded in the CAR General Log, even if a
"CAR/Strength form" has not been issued.
10.1.8 Inspection Log Books
Contractor will provide at a convenient location, at all times during the execution of
the Work, "Inspection Log Books" in a format acceptable to Company into which
Company personnel can write comments regarding their observations on the Work
Site, any observed safety or non-compliance items associated with the Work, the
Work Site or Contractor and/or Subcontractors' temporary facilities, such as, Site
Assembly Yards, laydown/storage yards, construction personnel camps and
warehouses.
The Project Management will ensure the review on a daily basis of the Inspection
Log Books. The completion of any corrective action will be expected within three (3)
days since the Inspection Log entry was made.

79
 Page 80 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

A current database of all resolved (closed) and unresolved (open) items from all
Inspection Log Books will be develop and maintained.
10.2 Items to be inspected
Site Management
Site Management will be responsible to provide full support to Site Supervision for
the success of this program to make this site an incident/ accident-free work place.
Supervisors/Superintendents
This program is based on the safety interest and full involvement of all the
Supervisors in observing, recording and correcting the safety deficiencies on
Construction Site. Supervisors will receive necessary instructions / training from their
Discipline Superintendents/ Safety Training Department on how to use these
Observation Cards.
Supervisors will be responsible to strengthen this program by effectively
participating and improving the program.
Safety Personnel
Safety Officers will be responsible to extend their full cooperation and support to
assist the Supervisors in correcting the deficiencies observed
11. SAFETY OBSERVATIONS
11.1 Description of Safety Precaution during the Activity
The safety observation program will cover whole Project where Supervisors will be
able to continuously observe
deficiencies and report them through Observation Cards, with objectives of:
To maximize the safety consciousness & to create proactive approach among
Supervisors to identify problems that may lead to accidents or incidents.

80
 Page 81 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

To develop a culture of observing and correcting deficiencies on site.

To develop lead indicators for observations made on weekly basis.

Maintaining a safe place of work and safe workers.

Continuous improvement.

The Observation Cards will be given to all Discipline Superintendents who will

ensure that supervisors receive these cards and each supervisor will send back

minimum two cards every week. The completed observation card is to be send to

HSE Department.

HSE Department will keep the record of Observation Cards and will prepare

indicators that will show the trend of site conditions.

Areas which will have higher observation will be concentrated on and improved to

safest level. This program may also help Supervisors to train their workers on how to

follow safety requirements if they are observed to be at risk due to their haviour or

attitude towards safety in certain tasks.

Supervisor will be able to identify the ways to develop techniques to improve

behavior-based safety.

81
 Page 82 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

12. COLOUR CODING PROCEDURE

Color coding process for tools, equipment, items of equipment, is based on an initial
and periodical inspections carried out on a monthly basis by competent inspectors.
Timing and color coding of tools. equipment. items of equipment and vehicles all be
uniform across the project site, as follow:
12.1. Quarterly Color Coding

Once inspected and approved for service by the competent inspector, the color code
system will be applied.
Initial and periodical inspection will tie performed with the assistance of "Inspection
sheets. The details of tools, equipment, items of equipment will be entered in a "Tools
/ Equipment Inspection register".

82
 Page 83 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Whenever the identification of the tool, equipment, etc. is not visible / readable, a tag
will the provided, identifying the following information:
Date of inspection
Date of next inspection
Name and signature of inspector
Test certificate number (as applicable)
Safe working load (SWL, as applicable)
Unique equipment and register inspection number
Tags and stickers will the applied-on tools and equipment so that to be visible and
will last throughout the quarter or till next inspection or color change.
On tools and equipment found to be defective (refer to "Inspection sheets' for
inspection criteria) will be affixed the following "out of service" white tag, or sticker.
Inspections for color coding will be carried out, according to the schedule described
in the following section, by Competent inspectors.
12.2 Inspection Schedule
The color-coding inspections will be carried out in the following manner.
12.2.1 Initial Inspection
All the tools, equipment, items of equipment at site, or entering the site the first time,
will be subject to an initial Inspection. The competent inspector will perform the
initial inspections with the assistance of the "Inspection sheets".
During the initial inspection, inspectors will complete the "Tools/Equipment
Inspection register". The tools, equipment, items of equipment found in safe
condition, depending on "Inspection sheets" and Inspector knowledge and
experience, will be coded with a tag or a sticker of the color assigned at the current

83
 Page 84 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

month. On tools and equipment found to be defective will be affixed an "out of

service" white tag or sticker.
12.2.2 Monthly Inspection
Independently from the date of the initial inspection, monthly inspections will be
carried out.
Inspectors will commence re-inspection of tools and equipment seven days prior to
the end of the current inspection and extend through to seven days after the
commencement of the succeeding monthly period.
The tools, equipment, items of equipment found in safe condition, depending on
'Inspection sheets' and inspector knowledge and experience, will be coded with the
new color assigned at the current monthly color code. In addition, inspectors will
completely remove the last color to avoid confusion before new code is
completely applied.
During this period, called "grace period", either color code will be acceptable for use
at project site. The color coding will be 100% at the end of' grace period".
Tools or equipment not inspected or color coded will not be accepted for use on the
project site after the seven Day "grace" period.
On tools and equipment found to the defective will be affixed an “Out of Service”
white tag or sticker.

84
 Page 85 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

12.4 Defective Tools

When tools or equipment are identified as defective, either during use or, as a result
of scheduled inspection (weekly, monthly, etc.) or daily check, it will be removed
from service and an “out of service white” tag affixed. The tag will be clearly visible.
The tag may be affixed by the user (employee/worker), foreman supervisor or
inspector and serves as a communication that the tool or equipment is not safe to use.
In any case the user will signal the malfunctioning or the failure of the inspection to
the respective foreman or directly to the competent inspector.
Inspectors rejecting the tool/equipment will send it to authorized persons only if
repairs are required.
The tag will not be removed until the item is repaired, re-inspected and approved to
the placed back into service. The last two actions will be authorized by a competent
inspector.
The “out of service” tag will detail:
Time and date of tag, or sticker, placement.
Name and signature of tag, or sticker, originator.
The nature of the reported defects.

85
 Page 86 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The figure following gives an example for this tag:

Out of Service Tag / Sticker

The "out of service" tag shall be printed in two languages (English and Arabic
"country" language). Equipment that fails the inspection will be removed and stored
immediately in such a way that no one can have access to such tools, equipment or
items of equipment to avoid accidental use. If the equipment is considered
"irreparable", they are to be cleared from site as early as possible.

86
 Page 87 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

12.5 Inspection sheet

The "Inspection sheet" is a document, usually containing a checklist, used by the

competent inspector during its inspection.

The inspection sheet is helpful for verifying that tools, equipment, items of equipment
and vehicles, possess the minimum safety requirements for their safe use, "Inspection
sheets" will be specific for each tool, equipment, item of equipment and vehicle, even
though the same inspection sheet may be used for a category of tool, equipment, item
of equipment and vehicle.

Checklist will consider the information contained in the "operator and maintenance
manual". In any case," inspection sheets" will contain at least the following
information:

Unique Identification number.

Date of inspection.
Name and signature of inspector

The inspection sheets will be hold at site and attached to the "Tools / Equipment
Inspection Register". This record will also be helpful when audits are performed.

12.6 Tools/ Equipment inspection Register

The "Tools/Equipment Inspection Register" will contain, for all tools, equipment,
items of equipment and vehicles subject to color coding process, at least the following
information:

Owner (Contractor/Subcontractor name)

Unique identification number

87
 Page 88 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Date of inspection
Date of next inspection
Name and signature of inspector
Test certificate number (as applicable)
Safe working load (SWL, as applicable)

The "tools/equipment inspection register" will be maintained by the owner for

traceability of their tools, equipment, items of equipment and vehicles subject to color
coding process.

This record will also be helpful when audits are performed.

[Link] Site Inspections

13.1 Daily Inspection by Foreman

Foreman will conduct daily work inspections in his respective areas as part of their
daily activities, and will initiate prompt corrective actions as to noted deficiencies,
unsafe conditions or practices.

13.2 Pre-Job Inspection

Contractor and its Subcontractors workers will inspect their tools, equipment and
personal protection prior to commencement of work. Items to the inspected but not
limited to the following:

Hand and power tools

Body harnesses
Ladders
Slings and rigging equipment etc.

88
 Page 89 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Supervisors and Foreman will check that work area and surrounding facility, including
tools and equipment to be used are all physically reviewed and verified to be in safe
condition before any work activity begins.

13.3 Post Job Inspection (End of Shift Checks)

All site supervisors will conduct an inspection of his work area, tools and equipment
after each completion of the job especially before quitting time. These post-job
inspections will the strictly enforced particularly in areas where hot work is or has to
been performed.

[Link] Meetings

14.1 Responsibilities

It's duty of the Projects Manager:

In concert with the PHSEM (Home Office), to ensure the PM commits schedule
and resources for safety meetings as required in CSSP or otherwise deemed
necessary by the PM.
To ensure that HSE elements be a regular agenda item at senior project
management meetings.

The PM shall:

In concert with the PHSEM, ensure the line management and supervisors
commit schedule, personnel and resources for safety meetings as required in
this plan or otherwise deemed necessary.
Ensure that the workforce under their direction attend, participate and contribute
actively to their respective safety meetings.
89
 Page 90 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Attending and actively contribute to project HSE meetings.

Ensure that line management and supervisors participate, contribute actively and
exercise leadership in their respective individual and collective project safety
meetings.
Ensure that HSE elements be a regular agenda item at site management
meetings; ensure that the scheduled safety meeting occur.
Conduct unscheduled safety meetings as necessary at his own discretion or as
directed by the Field HSE Manager.
Review, in concert with the PHSEM, the results from the audits conducted in
order to evaluate CSSP implementation and progress.

The PHSEM shall:

Planning and organizing the Project HSE meetings and drafting the minutes thereof
Audit to ensure specific dedicated meetings e.g., Foreman's HSE Training
Meetings and Tool Box Meetings are conducted, and shall review for content,
participation and effectiveness.
Support supervisors and foremen with specific meeting format and content as
necessary.
Review and follow up, with contractor and subcontractors site management
participation, the implementation progress of the recommendations based on
findings and conclusions from accidents' investigations.
Arrange and chair a Safety Meetings at starting unloading of major heavy
equipment, heavy haul and heavy lift, and determine participants.
Review the results from the audits conducted in order to evaluate CSSP
implementation and progress.

90
 Page 91 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

14.2 Schedule of Safety Meetings

MMS Company will conduct different safety meetings at site in order to:

Increase workers /employees' involvement on main HSE topics.

Disseminate HSE information within Contractor's organization.
Aim adequate co-ordination of operations between the Projects and Contractor
Organization.
Aim clear communication between the Contractor, Company, Partners and
Subcontractors.
Share experiences on HSE topics to establish and maintain a HSE culture.

Safety meetings will be conducted, at a minimum, according to the following

schedule:

The output of the meetings shall be duly drafted, and the record will tie signed by all
the participants. Meeting's reports will tie kept at site during the entire duration of the
project and will tie available for inspection and audit purpose.

91
 Page 92 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

14.3. Site Safety Committee Meeting

This kind of meeting is established by Contractor and chaired by the PHSEM.
It shall be held once a week. PHSEM, PSM and PM, Site Engineers together shall
attend the meeting.
The purpose of these meetings is to discuss the HSE issues relevant to Project
activities that have occurred since the previous meeting and any significant HSE
matters that have occurred or have been identified at the Project Site.
During this meeting will tie revised also the implementation progress of the
recommendations based on findings and conclusion of investigation report.
The agenda of the meeting, as well as the minutes of the HSE meeting shall be drafted
by the PHSEM and approved by the PM.
14.4 Supervisor Safety Meeting
The Supervisor Safety meeting shall be organized on a weekly basis.
The purpose of these meetings is to discuss all the HSE issues relevant to specific
Project activities carried out during that week, the events that have occurred and the
actions to be implemented.
The attendees at these meetings are:
PHSEM
Site Engineers
Foremen
The minutes of the meeting shall tie drafted by the PHSEM and approved by the
PM.
14.5 Daily Pre-start Tool Box talks
Daily pre-start TBT shall be given at start of each shift.
These shall be conducted by the line supervision (i.e., Team Foreman), in a language
understood by the workforce. The meetings should be conducted in the presence of
Crew Members and HSE personnel, if required.

92
 Page 93 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The purpose of these meetings is to discuss the work activities to be carried out by
the employees at that specific work location during the shift period and to identify
the general HSE issues relevant to operations.
In particular, these meetings shall focus on:
Specific Hazard Identification / Hazard Analysis (JSA and/or Site Risk
Assessment).
Specific procedures for work at hand.
Specific instructions unique to work at hand.
HIP sheets contained in this HSE Plan shall be used as the main subject for the
meeting.
Any questions generated pertaining to the hazard analysis shall tie answered prior
close of meeting. Attendees shall sign the HSE meeting report form. This report
shall contain date and topics of the meeting.
The Duration of the team talk shall typically be five (5) minutes, but particularly
hazardous operations may require extended team talks, for example, confined space
entry.
HSE Manager shall ensure that supervisors and their foremen/discipline
supervisors are:
Conducting Daily Team Talks with their crew using their own and/or material
furnished by MMS Company.
Providing employees with the opportunity to ask questions regarding HSE
issues and providing responses to these in a timely fashion.
Moreover, foremen:
Ensure that all attendees sign the HSE meeting report form during the meeting.
Submit a completed Daily Team Talks report form to the general foreman or
lead supervisor/manager for review and action, then to the superintendent for
review and action if required and finally to PHSEM.

93
 Page 94 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

14.6 Permit to Work Coordination Meeting

The objectives of this meeting are:
To provide the overview of all on-going and planned work under the control of
the Permit to Work System.
Analyze the general permit status.
Specify the safety equipment that will be used and defines any special
applicable HSE instruction.
To identify any potential conflicting activities, both geographically (i.e., across
other work) or on a time basis (activities which may start later).
To agree new permits.
To ensure revalidation of existing permits and officially dose the old ones.
The date, time and place (schedule) of this coordination meeting will be defined at
Site by the Site Engineer (SE) As a minimum, the meeting will the attended by the
Work Permit Coordinator and the Issuing / Validator authority.
Further attendees, i.e., technical support, HSE Manager, etc., will be present if
requested.
14.7 Incident Reporting Meeting
Project employees shall be informed during specific meetings, and on a regular basis
(i.e., during Weekly Safety Meetings or Site Safety Committee Meeting), regarding
the incidents that have occurred within Project/Contractor Organization and or
corporate activities.
These meetings will be focused on the root causes of the incidents, the lessons learned
and the adions undertaken to prevent their reoccurrence.
14.8 Safety Meeting for heavy equipment and heavy lifting
Safety Meetings will be held at Starting Unloading of Major Heavy Equipment, Heavy
Haul and Heavy Lift.
The handling of heavy equipment is subject to a document review by the PMT Site
Manager and the Heavy Lift Engineer who are both confirm no objection by signature
prior to the offloading, heavy haul or heavy lift of that equipment. Where the heavy

94
 Page 95 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

lift is within a live area, these plans shall also be subject to review by Company, to be
confirmed by signature.
In addition to this, the safety aspects of all lifts or movements of equipment
categorized as Critical Crane Lifts in accordance with G.I. 7.028 will be subject to
review (at the Project HSE Manager's discretion) in a meeting, and attended by the
relevant personnel from operations, as the PHSEM shall determine.
15. AUDIT PLAN
Audit Is defined as a systematic, Independent and documented process for obtaining
audit evidence (records, statements of fact or other information which are relevant to
the audit criteria and are verifiable) and evaluating It objectively to determine the
extent to which audit criteria are fulfilled.
Audits are an Important tool for continual Improvement of HSE performance. The
main objectives of the audit are:
To verify the degree of conformity of the HSE management system (HSE-MS)
to the ISO14001:2015 and ISO 45001:2018 and to other requirements defined
by the Company.
To verify the effectiveness, efficiency and updating of the HSE-MS.
To provide Information to Senior Management about the status of the HSE-MS.
Audit program for the project will consist in three different types of audits:
Internal Project Audits; Client Project Audits Third Party Audits
Internal project audits will be conducted by Senior HSE staff or Internal Auditors
(Home Office) in conjunction with the Site Engineers. These audits will be conducted
at site at regular, scheduled Intervals, approximately two times per year.
External audits will be conduct by Client HSE staff, approximately once every three
months.
Objective of these audits are to evaluate Contractors' CSSP Implementation and
progress, and they will focus on the organization as a whole, including both
management systems and physical site conditions.

95
 Page 96 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Third Party Audits shall be performed by an independent third party six (6) months
after starting work, and at least every nine (9) months thereafter, to verify proper
Implementation of the CSSP at the WORK site and make recommendations to
improve CONTRACTOR'S safety programs and execution. The independent third
party to be used for these audits shall be approved in advance in writing by the
Company Representative, who shall be given copies of all audit reports
The major competencies and skills of Auditor are listed here below:
professional experience In HSE (at least2years); experience in carrying out audits.
knowledge of the International standard ISO 14001:2015, ISO 45001:2018 and of
the Contractor HSE MS.
knowledge of the operational context of the audited organizational area.
Independence, objectivity and impartiality with respect to the scope of the audit
(none of the members of the Audit Team shall be Involved in any of the activities
carried out within the areas to be audited).
In some cases, external professionals can be Involved to organize a suitable Audit
Team (for example, if necessary, some ISO 14001:2015, ISO 45001:2018, technical
safety experts can be Included)
15.1 Audit Execution
Before starting the audit, the Audit Team shall analyze the data and documentation
relevant to the audit scope (e.g., risk assessment environmental review, incident
statistics, HSE key performance indicators, previous audit reports, etc.).
It is the duty of the Lead Auditor to send written official notification to the
organizational area to be audited and to the Contractor HSE Department for
information purposes, by filling in the Form "HSE Audit Program". The
notification shall the sent to the audited organization at least one week in advance of
the audit due date. Auditing is initiated by an opening meeting at which the Lead
Auditor shall:
Introduce the Audit Team.
Outline the scope and objectives of the audit.
Summarize the methods to tie employed during the audit.

96
 Page 97 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Establish communication links and availability of organizational

representatives and key staff to be involved during the audit.
outline the Corrective Action Request (CAR) process for reporting
nonconformities.
Review and approve the program, including in order to check the availability
of all the functions involved.
The audits will tie carried out through interviews, documentation analyses, and
inspection of plants, equipment, installation and work activities.
Auditors will collect evidence to support the audit process and to achieve the scope of
the audit.
At the discretion of the Audit Team, the audit may be carried out by the use of
checklists. These shall tie considered merely as a memory aid and shall reflect the
criteria and procedures concerned as per the audits scope and purpose.
Under no circumstances shall the checklist be included in the official audit report.
All observations shall tie supported by objective evidence. These shall the collected
through interviews, review of documents and examination of activities for compliance
over against audit criteria.
The audit limits may be expanded beyond those previously set, whenever considered
convenient by the Audit Team to determine the degree of compliance to specific
requirements within the agreed audit scope.
During the audit, the Lead Auditor shall determine which (if any) deficiencies shall
the classified as nonconformities.
The Audit Team will summarize audit findings by filling he Form "HSE Audit Report"
which includes:
the general references of the audit (audit reference number, date etc.).
an abstract of the audit (comments on the scope of audit, findings and strengths).
a list of findings, including any additional explanations in case of need
the CAR Reference Numbers, which shall correspond to those reported on the
relevant CAR Form(s)

97
 Page 98 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Audit findings (nonconformities, observations and strengths) shall the classified and
summarized in the Form “CAR/Strength Form”.
On completion of the audit, the Lead Auditor shall chair a closing meeting to present
and share the audit findings and proposed Corrective/Preventive Actions, if any, in
such a way as to ensure that the result of the audit is clearly understood.
The CARS and the "HSE Audit Report" shall also be signed by the representative of
the audited organizational area(s) during the closing meeting.
15.2 Audit Reporting
Within 10 days after the end of the audit, the Lead Auditor will send the Contractor

HSE Department all the findings reported on the Form "CAR/Strength" and the "Audit

Report Form".

In the case of external audits on Subcontractors, the Lead Auditor shall agree upon the

Corrective / Preventive Actions needed with the Subcontractor's representative. Each

audit will be reported properly in the Form "HSE Audit General Log". Each CAR

arising from audit will be properly reported in the Form *CAR General Log*.

16. CORRECTIVE ACTION REQUEST(CAR)

The Following are described the processes and responsibilities for issuing, managing

and reporting inefficiencies (or nonconformities) and strengths either detected by HSE

audit or arising from normal work activities (Inspections, Visits, Daily Checks, etc.)

98
 Page 99 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

16.1 Definitions
Corrective Action (CA) Action to eliminate the cause of a detected inefficiency
or other undesirable situation in order to prevent its
repetition.
Corrective Action Form explaining the activity to be undertaken \when an
Request (CAR) inefficiency or a potential inefficiency is found.
Inefficiency (or Non- Non-fulfilment of a requirement of the HSE
Conformity) Management System.
Organization rea/Organization/Discipline Manager in charge of the
Representative (OR) inefficiency and who is responsible for solving it
through the Corrective Action.
Originator A competent person in charge of HSE matters who
detects and takes charge of an inefficiency.
Potential Inefficiency Potential failure to meet a requirement.
Preventive Action (PA) Action to eliminate the cause of a potential
nonconformity or other undesirable potential situation.

16.2 Responsibilities
Each employee is responsible for:
Reporting any failure of a practice or procedure and any actual or potential
undesirable situation or HSE hazard detected during working activities.
Providing immediate remedies once the potential undesirable situation or
hazard has been detected (if necessary).
The Originator is responsible for:
Issuing a "CAR/Strength" and communicating it to the relevant Organization
and Project role.
Reporting the inefficiency of Level 1 (major)to the Contractor HSE
Department.
Validating and approving the proposed CA/PA in order to close the
inefficiency.
Filling in the "CAR General Log".

99
 Page 100 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The Organization Representative is responsible for:

Implementing an immediate remedy.
Investigating the root causes of the inefficiency.
Proposing a CA/PA to the originator.
Identifying the best available C/VPA and a deadline.
Implementing and monitoring the correct implementation of the CA/PA.
Reviewing the effectiveness of the C/VPA.
The Field HSE Manager is responsible for the quarterly transmission of Form "CAR
General Log" to the Contractor HSE Department only for CAR of Level 1 and 2.
In the event that the proposed CA/PA identifies new or changed hazards or the need
for new or changed controls, the FH8EM is responsible for carrying out a new risk
assessment and/or environmental impact analysis prior to the implementation of a
CA/PA.
16.3 Identification of Corrective/Preventive Action
The Organization Representative shall:
Define and organize treatment of the inefficiency aimed at solving it both
immediately and locally. This is not, however, a systemic approach to the
inefficiency.
Investigate the root causes of the inefficiency as a preliminary step to identifying the
appropriate Preventive/Corrective Action (CA/PA);
Identify the CA/PA to be implemented to prevent occurrence / reoccurrence of the
inefficiency.
Determine the resources needed for the successful completion of each activity
identified in the C/V/PA.
Establish a schedule for implementing each activity.

100
 Page 101 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Following are key C/VPA requirements:

The CA/PA shall be dearly and briefly described but with enough detail to allow
all personnel directly and indirectly involved in the CA/PA to understand the
specific activities to be performed.
The CA/PA should be achievable and measurable.
The CA/PA shall dearly specify the deliverables, providing objective evidence
that the C/VPA has been completed (e.g., revised procedure, record of
competed training, etc.).
The C/VPA shall be appropriate to the magnitude of the problems encountered
and commensurate with the relevant HSE risks.

In the event of hazard modifications, the FHSEM shall assure that the site risk
assessment is carried out and communicate to the Originator and Organization
Representative the results of the hazard evaluation prior to implementing the CA/PA.

The Organization Representative shall ensure, in collaboration with the FHSEM, that
any changes arising from the CA/PA affecting the HSE Management System will be
implemented. If there is a delay in completion of the CA/PA, the Organization
Representative shall inform the Originator and specify the causes of the delay, and
shall then plan the new date of completion.

The CA/PA shall be recorded in Section B of the "CAR/Strength Form".

The Organization Representative shall submit the filled in form to the Originator, for
his/her check and approval, in order to assure a correct understanding of the
inefficiency.

101
 Page 102 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

16.4 Review of the Effectiveness of Corrective/ Preventive Action

The Organization Representative shall verify the effectiveness of the CA/PA after
adequate period of time has elapsed. Appropriate indicators for evaluating the
effectiveness of the implemented action can be identified by the Organization
Representative and the originator during the definition of the inefficiency. The
outcome of this review shall be briefly reported in section C of the “CAR / Strength
Form”.

The objectives of the CA/PA effectiveness review are to:

Determine if the CA/PA has effectively resolved the root causes, determine the
inefficiency/potential inefficiency and prevent its reoccurrence/occurrence.
Determine the reasons why the CA/PA is ineffective (if it has not effectively
resolved the inefficiency/potential inefficiency).
Identify revised or additional action to resolve the inefficiency/potential
inefficiency effectively and prevent its recurrence/occurrence.
Collect and follow-up data relating to the action effectiveness review for
subsequent analysis and lessons learned.

Possible causes of ineffectiveness may include.

Root causes incorrectly identified.

Root causes correctly identified but action inappropriate.
CA/PA not fully implemented or not implemented as stated.
CA/PA not implemented in a timely manner.
CA/PA creating new or different problems.

102
 Page 103 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

16.5 CAR/Strength Form

103
 Page 104 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

16.6 CAR General Log

104
 Page 105 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

17 INJURY AND DAMAGE REPORTING

Immediate oral report shall be made to the Company Representative in the case of all:

Fatal Injuries.
Injuries requiring medical attention, which result in lost time. Damage over SR
10,000to Contractor plant or equipment. Damage, in any amount, to Saudi
Aramco's equipment or property.
Fires.
Damage and all accidents involving cranes and heavy equipment (G.I. 7.026,
Cranes and Heavy Equipment Accident Reporting Procedures).

For accidents involving Contractor or its Subcontractors employee fatalities, serious

injury to five or more employees, or damage to Saudi Aramco equipment or property,
a preliminary written report shall the submitted within 24 hours, followed by a detailed
written report submitted within three days, to the Company Representative.

It is responsibility of Site HSE Coordinator to prepare the Saudi Aramco "Contractor

Monthly Safety Report" and the "Injury Summary Report".

An approved format by the Company Representative, a current record showing all:

Work Injuries
Fires.
Incidents of property damage over SAR 10,000.
Motor vehicle collisions.

105
 Page 106 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Incidents involving damage to Saudi Aramco equipment and property.

Damage and all accident involving cranes and heavy equipment (G.I. 7.026,
Cranes and Heavy Equipment Accident Reporting Procedures).

This record shall be available for inspection at all times and shall the submitted to
Saudi Aramco on request.

A final written report shall be prepared and submitted to the Company Representative
as per the provisions of G.I. 6.003. In the case of serious accidents, however, a detailed
account of the circumstances, witness's statements and descriptive photographs will
be provided.

In addition to the reports, required above. Contractor shall keep a record of all injuries
and damages on a form approved by the Company Representative. A copy of this
record shall be sent to the proponent department, and to the project management team.
Monthly summary reports will be provided in addition to the individual reports.

Site HSE Coordinator will analyze all the information and submits a monthly report
to the Resident Manager. Contractor shall comply with the G.I. 6.007, Reporting of
Contractor On-job Injuries/ Occupational Illness.

Contractor shall encourage all workers to report Near Misses to their supervisors as
per G.I. 6.004, Near Miss Reporting Process. Every Near Misses reported must be
promptly investigated and necessary corrective action

must be taken without any delay.

All reported Near Misses and corrective actions taken must be documented per the
requirements of Saudi Aramco G.I. 6.004.

106
 Page 107 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

17.1 Accident Investigation

The main reasons for conducting an accident investigation are:

To find the causes so that similar accidents may be prevented.

To determine the point at which "unplanned" events took over from the
"planned" sequence of events.
To recommend what corrective action should be taken.

17.1.1 Responsibilities for investigation

The Field HSE Manager shall carry out an immediate investigation of any accident,
which occurs within his area of responsibility. In the case of serious injury or major
damage, the Company Safety Manager will head the investigation. Every
Accident/Incident/Near Miss reported must be promptly investigated and necessary
corrective actions must be taken without any delay.

The following classifications will be used to analyze industrial accidents:

Falls (Of persons from heights).

Falls (Of persons on the level).
Handling objects.
Striking against objects.
Struck by objects. Equipment
Hand Tools.
Transportation.
Lifting appliances.

107
 Page 108 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

18 GENERAL SAFETY RULES

18.1 Procedure

No employee shall be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions,

which are unsanitary and dangerous to his health and safety.

Employees shall be physically qualified, have the proper attitude and shall be
sufficiently trained, before assigning them to a job.

Employees shall be instructed:

Not to take risks or short cuts.

To know their jobs. If in doubt, they shall ask their Supervisor.
To be rested and fit to give full attention to their work.
To report any unsafe act or conditions to their supervisors.
To warn other employees against unsafe act or conditions.
To report all accidents or injuries immediately to their supervisors and get
prompt medical treatment for injuries.
To avoid horseplay or practical jokes while at work.
To check and determine what hazards or problems may exist before starting a
job.
To fully understand what to do in case of a fire or emergency.
To use the safety equipment required for a particular job or area of work.
To practice good housekeeping.
Not to use compressed air in contravention of the applicable rules.
Not use flammable liquids for cleaning purposes.
To observe smoking restrictions.
108
 Page 109 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Check the location of fire alarms and firefighting equipment in their area.
In the use of Work Permit systems.
To wear Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)such as hard hats, safety
spectacles and safety shoes are mandatory for all personnel at all work
locations. Ear protection, respirators, face shields and similar personal
protection will be worn whenever required.
Full body harness will be worn when working in areas6 feet above ground,
without complete guardrails.
Safety belts will be allowed in work areas protected with guardrails.
No activity shall take place in a restricted area unless our Work Permit Receiver
obtains a signed hot or
Cold work permit from the Operation Supervisor.
All vehicles will be parked at the designated parking area only.
Conservation of the fresh food will be permitted only in the appropriate area.

18.1 Failure to Comply

A. Company reserves the right to notify the contractor of any failure to comply with
the requirements of the contract and any actions needed to prevent the injury or death
of personnel, damage to equipment, loss of process, or damage to the environment
during contractor's performance of the work. Upon receiving such notification,
immediately all necessary corrective actions shall be taken, including but not limited
to actions requested by the Company. Corrective actions shall be taken at the
contractor’s expense; unless provided otherwise in the contract.

109
 Page 110 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

B. If contractor falls to take prompt corrective action, the Company may direct the
contractor to suspend all or part of the work until satisfactory corrective action has
been taken. Costs incurred by contractor as a result of such work suspension shall be
solely the contractor's responsibility,

C. If a dispute Involves safety, the Issue shall be elevated to the contractor's higher
management for resolution before work can proceed.

19. DISCIPLINE

The purpose of this chapter Is to give guidance on the actions that should be taken in
the event of safety and/or security violations. The stated disciplinary measures are for
guidance.

Every Instance should be assessed on #s own merit and the actions taken
commensurate with the situation.

The Work Rules list Is not Intended to be an all-Inclusive list, and represents only the
basic site work rules. This procedure applies to all personnel working on the Project.

19.1 Responsibilities

The FHSEM ensures the following:

The Site Engineer Is responsible for monitoring the application of this procedure. The
Site Engineers are responsible for the following:

That all disciplinary actions are seen as fair and equitably administered
Applying this procedure for Infractions Involving senior personnel on site.

110
 Page 111 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Line supervision will have the following roles and responsibilities:

Understand the protocols that this procedure calls for.

Monitor worksite activities under their control and remedy any serious

Infractions in line with the guidelines established in this procedure.

Advise personnel under their control of the rules and regulations pertaining to

this procedure.

If HSE Personnel or Management observe employees violating safety procedures,

then the following actions will occur.

HSE Personnel or Management will issue a written safety violation notice to the

employee for violating the procedure and discipline will be provided in accordance

with Table "A" below labelled.

Depending on the gravity of an offense, as determined by the person Issuing the

violation notice, an employee may be subjected to a more stringent disciplinary action

than those prescribed for the violation.

If a disciplinary action Is recommended to be more severe than the one prescribed In

the table, the action must be reviewed and approved by the responsible Site Engineer.

111
 Page 112 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

19.2 Instructions

The following Figures describes disciplinary actions to be followed on site. It will be

posted among working site.

Disciplinary Procedure on Health and Safety Violators

SEC. VIOLATION First Offense Second Offense Third Offense

1 Failure to observe a safety Documented Written warning to 3 days suspension
Procedure & Saudi law. verbal warning to 3days suspension. to termination.
3 days suspension.
2 Failure to use or wear proper Documented Written warning to 3 days suspension
safety shoes and/or prescribed verbal warning to 3 days suspension. to termination.
personnel protective equipment 3 days suspension.
when working.
3 Operating machines or 3 days suspension Termination
equipment contrary to to termination
established operating procedure
or without consent and / or
knowledge of the authorized
supervisor.
4 Failure to immediately report a Written warning to 3 days suspension Termination
personal accident or injury 3 days suspension. to termination
accident or injury sustained on
company time / premises.
5 Tampering with switches, 3 days suspension Termination
controls, installations, machines, to termination
or equipment.

112
 Page 113 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

6 Failure to immediately report an 3 days suspension Termination

accident involving a company to termination
vehicle.
7 Engaging in horse play, running, 3 days suspension Termination
scuffing, or throwing things. to termination
8 Smoking within prohibited area, 3 days suspension Termination
such as those marked as to termination
DANGER or NO SMOKING.
9 Intentionally detaching, Termination Termination
refraining from use of, or
rendering inoperative
mechanical safety devices.
10 Where injury to oneself or Termination
another person result from the
above (Section 9).
11 Engaging in any obvious unsafe Written warning to 5 days suspension Termination
act. 3 days suspension. to termination
12 Driving vehicles more than Termination
required speed (even offsite).
13 Not tying off full body harness. Written warning to Termination
3 days suspension.
14 Obstructing aisles, fire exits and Written warning to 3 days suspension Termination
emergency equipment location. 3 days suspension. to termination
15 Urinating on walls and areas Written warning to 3 days suspension Termination
other than comfort rooms or 3 days suspension. to termination
company urinals.
16 Removing, damaging safety 3 days suspension Termination
signs. to termination

113
 Page 114 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

17 Tampering or misuse of the fire 3 days suspension Termination

protection equipment and alarm to termination
system.
18 Unauthorized use of fire 3 days suspension Termination
protection equipment other than to termination
Hs primary purpose.
19 Obstructing an ambulance, fire Written warning to 3 days suspension Termination
protection equipment and 3 days suspension. to termination
electrical control equipment.
20 User's failure to report used or Written warning to 3 days suspension Termination
damaged fire protection 3 days suspension. to termination
equipment.
21 Failure to use mechanical 3 days suspension Termination
equipment for its purpose. to termination
22 Throwing flammable materials/ 3 days suspension Termination
liquid or lighted cigarettes into to termination
the trash cans or waste containers
23 Willful violation of warning 3 days suspension Termination
signs posted in the general to termination
working areas
24 Failure to provide warning signs Written warning to Termination
in the immediate vicinity where 3 days suspension.
overhead work is being
performed or in areas where
there are falling hazards.
25 Storing tools, machine parts, and 3 days suspension Termination
materials on edges of toe boards to termination
railings, scaffoldings, building

114
 Page 115 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

structure that may suddenly fall

due to vibrations.
26 Doing welding or cutting 3 days suspension Termination
operation near the storage of to termination
flammable and combustible
materials without first securing
the area. Job of this nature should
be done by at least two persons:
one will stand as fire watch with
ready fire extinguisher on hand.
No follow safety rules.
27 Transporting or leaving gasoline, 3 days suspension Termination
alcohol and other flammable to termination
Liquids in an open or leaking
container.
28 Using defective ladder, 3 days suspension Termination
scaffoldings, improvised to termination
makeshift, or standing on
unsuitable object like barrel and
boxes while performing work
out of reach.
29 Removing the cover of manhole Termination
and another floor opening
without Barricades & obtaining
permit from Contractor.
30 Riding on forklift chain or cable 3 days suspension Termination
suspended by hoist or crane or to termination
other moving heavy equipment.

115
 Page 116 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

31 Wearing loose flowing garment Written warning to Termination

or untacked shirts while working 3 days suspension
at site or operating any vehicle
or equipment.
32 Failure to close electrical box or 3 days suspension Termination
gear after making repairs on the
equipment or line. This includes
terminal box fuse, switch, panel,
or control box.
33 Failure to Lock-out or place tag Termination
on the main electrical /
mechanical controls while
making repairs.
34 Violating any Construction Termination
Safety Permit.
35 Safety Belts not used inside Termination
moving vehicles by al occupants
(even offsite).
36 Using mobile phone while Termination
driving
37 Overtaking on a double traffic Termination
lane

Notes:

1. Depending on the gravity of an offense, degree of culpability, record of employee and other
factors, an employee may be awarded in a penalty one or two steps higher than penalties prescribed
above provided that the same is approved jointly by the Site Engineer and the Project Manager. In
fairness, however, mitigating factors can be used to offset aggravating circumstances in order to
arrive at an appropriate penalty.

116
 Page 117 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

2. It is possible for an employee to have accumulated various disciplinary penalties for different
offences within a twelve-month period. When is occurs, the following shall be considered:

• An employee who has his personnel record two (2) previous suspensions shall be terminated
for any offense he subsequently commits twelve (12) months from five date his suspension
took effect.
• An employee who has been previously issued four (4) written warnings shall be terminated
for any offense he subsequently commits twelve (12) months from the date his first written
warning was issued.
Penalty for subsequent offense(s) should not be lighter than the penalty imposed for the immediately
preceding offense.

19.3 Disciplinary Action for Traffic Violations

Specific disciplinary actions are foreseen in case of traffic violations. For more details
refer to G.I. 6.030 "Traffic and Vehicle Safety"

20. EMERGENCY REPORTING and EVACUATION PROCEDURES

20.1 General

It is the responsibility of each member of management and supervision to familiarize

himself with the Emergency Procedures, which apply to the plants, and areas, in which
he has men working.

All Contractor or its Subcontractors employees will familiarize themselves with the
Disaster Control Plan for the plant and area in which the job is located. Each person
working for MMS Company will know exactly what to do when the emergency
evacuation alarm is sounded and do it without any delay

If the emergency is a result of a construction operation. Contractor or its

Subcontractors will notify operating personnel immediately. Saudi Aramco operating

117
 Page 118 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

personnel will initiate the alarm procedures, and direct activities in controlling the
emergency.

When the emergency alarm is sounded, for any reason, all MMS Company personnel
will immediately shut down their job, make it safe, and proceed in an orderly manner
to the designated assembly point.

Periodically, Saudi Aramco holds disaster drills to ensure the smooth function of its
disaster plan. Contractor will participate in these drills.

20.2 Emergency Reporting

All emergencies shall be reported immediately (e g., to the nearest Saudi Aramco
Security Main Gate or Security Control Centre SCC). Signs shall be conspicuously
posted at the work site with the emergency telephone numbers and reporting
instructions.

In the event of an emergency (serious personal injury, fire, critical damage to

operating equipment, etc.) help may be obtained by contacting the nearest Saudi
Aramco Main Gate. This may be done:

By Telephone. Dial the Emergency Number 911 and (Number to be assigned by

the project) for external phone or mobile.
By radio. If the main gate cannot be contacted directly, radio an operator that
has a telephone in the Saudi Aramco system and ask them to dial 911.
By messenger, send a messenger to the nearest telephone, radio, or whichever is
the nearest.

118
 Page 119 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

When transmitting message by telephone, radio, or messenger, employee will identify

their self by giving:

Name
Badge number
Exact Location
Nature of emergency
Number or injured personnel
Type of service required

Stay on the telephone or radio until told to hang up. Repeat the message if asked to
do so.

Remove the casualty from further danger.

The nurse in charge at CONTRACTOR Saudi Arabia First Aid Station will respond
immediately to the site with an Ambulance, and upon his assessment/ diagnosis, the
injured may be through to CONTRACTOR First Aid Station or transferred directly
to the nearest well-equipped hospital, as is necessary.

Place cards giving the names, telephone and radio numbers of the persons in charge
will be displayed on Notices Boards fixed on strategic places to facilitate prompt
assistance in case of medical emergency.

CONTRACTOR will ensure the compliance of Saudi Aramco General Instruction

No. 1321.015,'Request for Air Medical Evacuation".

Corresponding reports will tie issued and provided to Saudi Aramco.

119
 Page 120 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

20.3 Action to Be Taken During Emergency

When an emergency condition exists or on hearing the 'Stop Work Alarm" all
personnel shall:

Stop all work immediately.

Safely shut down all equipment.
Evacuate to the predetermined assembly point.

Upon hearing an emergency alarm every supervisor shall ensure the following:

Stop all work immediately and cancel work permits.

Safely shutdown all equipment.
Evacuate all personnel to a predetermined assembly point or shelter area.
Conduct a roll call or head count to account for every person. In the event a
person is missing, his/her name and last known location shall be communicated
to the Incident Commander immediately.
Prevent personnel from returning to work until notification has been received
from the Saudi Aramco proponent organization (SAPO).
Revalidate all work permits prior to commencing work.

21. CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

Reference is made to Contractor's document: OOO-ZA-E-009703; Environmental

Management Program (EMP).

120
 Page 121 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

22. HAZARD IDENTIFICATION PLAN

According to the CSAR, chapter 6, the HIP shall be developed, implemented and
adhere to a contract specific HIP.

The HIP shall list all tasks / activities associated with the contracted work, potential
hazards of each activity and control measures to mitigate these hazards.

The contractor's HIP shall identify all potential hazards associated with the work to be
performed.

22.1 Hazard Analysis

A review of the project has been made, and potential hazards have been identified. A
"Hazard" is defined as the possible loss and/or injury to people and property.

The hazards are classified as a class "A", "B" or "C' depending upon the potential
severity of the accident.

Class "A" Hazards. A condition or practice likely to cause permanent disability, loss
of life or body part, and/or extensive loss of structure, equipment or materials.

Class "8" Hazards. A condition or practice likely to cause serious injury or illness
(resulting in temporary disability) or property damage that is disruptive, but less
severe that Class "A".

Class "C" Hazards. A condition or practice likely to cause minor(non-disability) injury

or illness, or non-disruptive property damage.

121
 Page 122 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

22.2 Summary of Hazards.

The following items constitute a broad summary of the various types of hazards faced
on this project If the scope of work changes, or if individuals take it upon themselves
to perform work outside the stated scope of work, additional hazards may arise. In the
event, a hazard has not been covered in the attached punch list, which contains the
specific hazards for the project; this summary list will be a guide to ensure all hazards
are covered. Personnel working on this project will be notified that hazards, created
by others could be present:

HAZARDOUSSUBSTANCES
HEAT STRESS PREVENTION
^ NIGHT WORK CONTROL
^ CONFINED SPACE
EXCAVATION
V FALL PREVENTION AND PROTECTION PROGRAM
FIRE PREVENTION AND PROTECTION
GAS CYLINDERSSTORAGE, TRANSPORTATION AND USE
GRINDING WORKS
GRIT BLASTING WORKS
HANDLING RADIOACTIVE SOURCE FOR X-RAY AND GAMMA RAY
HYDROTESTING
LIFTING OPERATIONS
MANUAL HANDLING
MARINEWORKS
PAINTING WORKS

122
 Page 123 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

PNEUMATICTEST
SAFETRANSPORTATIONS
SCAFFOLDING
TEMPORARY ELECTRICS
WELDING OPERATIONS
HOT& COLD INSULATION

The full details of the Hazard Identification Plan (HIP) are provided as Attachment
'A'.

22.3 HMI Plan implementation

HMI Plan Implementation

The HMI Plan shall be fully implemented in ail project activities that involve
human machine interface to prevent or mitigate incidents.
All JSAs shall incorporate as a control the implementation of the HMI for
Struck-by, Caught-in-between, Struck Against, hazards in the worksite.
All construction personnel shall be made aware of the HMI Plan requirements.

22.3.1 General Requirements

These general requirements shall comply or enhance the requirements of GSM 11-8
and CSM III-2 and contract Schedules.

This HMI shall be standard control in all JSA in order to prevent HE-related
incidents.
Only documented as trained/competent (certified required) operators shall
operate specific heavy equipment.

123
 Page 124 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Only documented as trained/competent flagmen/banksmen shall be utilized to

assist HE operations.
360 degrees inspection of the heavy equipment/vehicle is MANDATORY
prior to embarking on the operation of HE/vehicle.
All construction site personnel are always expected to comply with flagmen's
instruction
Flagmen main responsibility is to restrict/control entry of persons into the
operating radius of heavy equipment.
A person shall enter the operating radius of a heavy equipment only with the
approval of the assigned flagman and when the HE is in full stop.
HE Operator and NOT Flagmen are responsible in the operational movement
of the heavy equipment or vehicle.
Flagmen shall signal the HE Operator to stop the equipment movement in any
case of any intrusion to the operating radius of the heavy equipment.
HE Operator shall immediately stop equipment movement when signaled by
the assigned flagman.
HE Operator shall immediately stop equipment movement when direct visual
contact with the assigned flagman is lost.
All pedestrians are expected to comply with flagmen's instructions at all times.
All HE works areas shall be identified by barricades and warning signs.
All pedestrians are expected to respect barricades and warning signs.

124
 Page 125 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

23 JOB SAFETY ANALYSIS PROCEDURE

23.1 Roles and Responsibility

Contractor and its Subcontractors are responsible for spreading and implementing this
procedure according to their assignment during the execution of the Job's activities.

The following roles could refer both to Contractor or Subcontractor personnel,

depending on the company which performs the task under JSA.

Site Engineer

Is responsible for nominating a JSA team leader. According to the Organization Chart;
this role is fulfilled by the Construction Manager (CM).

JSA Team Leader

Is responsible for the following:

Selecting the JSA method most appropriate for the job.

Nominating actions/responsible for each identified hazard control measure
Filling the JSA worksheet ensuring that the completed and reviewed JSA is
passed onto the Work Supervisor.

Supervisor
Is responsible for the following:
Nominating a representative to participate to JSA meeting.
Identifying the need for a JSA to be carried out.
Carrying out the daily pre-start tool box talk on the basis of JSA results.
If the organization chart of the subcontractor does not include this role, the above
responsibility is given to the foremen.

125
 Page 126 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Foremen/Workers

Are responsible for the following:

participating to JSA meeting, if required applying the results of JSA.

Safety Supervisors/Officers:

Safety Supervisors/ Officers are responsible for the following:

Assisting the Team Leader during the JSA.

Verifying the suitability of hazard control measures arisen.

Moreover, they shall ensure that:

The personnel carrying out the work has received clear information about the
specific risks identified during JSA.
Daily pre-start TBT are conducted on the basis of safety topics arisen from
JSA.
PTWs have in attachment the relevant JSA.

23.2 Description of Activity

23.2.1 Identification of need

A documented Job Safety Analysis will be performed for each operation/activity

that, even in case it is considered routine, is likely to cause:

Serious personal injury.

Significant damage to equipment, structures, vessels and progress.
Severe environmental pollution.

126
 Page 127 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

JSA is mandatory for each activity under PTW System (refer to "Work Permit
Procedure" of CSSP), and if required by the HIP and/or Site Risk Assessment.

23.2.2. Selection of method

The most appropriate method, or combination of methods, for the job will be selected.
The three alternative methods of performing a JSA are:

In this method the persons doing the analysis actually observe the job
being done. They may observe the process a number of times before they
By Direct observation identify all of the separate steps and the potential accidents, and develop
final solutions. In addition, they may observe different employees doing
the same job to establish variations in doing the job.
ere the JSA is accomplished by a group of people familiar with the Job.
Under the guidance of the leader the group members use their collective
By Group Discussion experience to identify the job steps and the potential accidents in each,
and develop good solutions
The Recall and Check method is so-called because the leader prepares a
preliminary version of the JSA on the basis of recall rather than of direct
By Recall and Check observation of the job. The team then checks this preliminary version by
discussion or by directly observing the steps of the job about which there
may be doubts.

The use of Method Statement of the activity could be helpful for performing a proper
JSA.

127
 Page 128 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

23.2.3 JSA Team

A team to carry out the JSA will be established, including at least following people:

An experienced person who will perform the work.

Who will supervise the work.
Who will prepare the method statement.
HSE representative (if applicable)

A competent person able to lead the team and who has attended the specific MMS
training “Risk Assessment Awareness and Job Safety Analysis”, will be nominated as
JSA team leader.

23.2.4 Process steps

Breaking down the job into basic steps

The job task will be divided into a suitable list of job steps with the support of an
experienced employee (and/or on the basis of the relevant Method Statement) This
sequence of steps will describe what is to be done and in what order.

Each step will be identified by a written description that will:

begin with an action verb (i.e., install, remove, assemble).

End with the subject being discussed (i.e., pump, valve, hoist).

No reference to how it is to be done or who is to do it will be indicated.

All identified steps will be recorded in a specific form, filling the "N°" and
"Description of Task" steps columns.
The JSA will proceed by consideration of each stop, individually, in sequence.

128
 Page 129 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

23.2.5 Identification of hazards and control measures

Each step will be reviewed to identify any actual and potential associated hazard.
They will be recorded in the "Hazard-Potential Incident" column in the worksheet.

An effort will be done in order to identify also all the possible external factors that
may have an impact on the job. Feedback of this type can be supplied from people
who have performed similar jobs in the past. During this step. Method Statement,
HIP and Site Risk Assessment's results have to be considered.

Following appropriate methods to eliminate or reduce all hazards identified,

according to the risk reduction hierarchy:

Eliminate The risk will be reduced through removal of the hazard at source.
Reduce the risk in the process through substitution with an alternative;
Reduce
e.g., different methods, materials or equipment.
Prevent personnel interaction with the hazard; e.g., removal of personnel
Isolate through automation, enclosure of the process/ hazard, machinery
guarding, emergency stops and reduction of personnel exposure time
Control Manage hazard exposure through the use of systems and procedures.
Protect Use of additional PPE in support of the above measures.
Discipline An absolute last resort. Relies on close monitoring and supervision of
worker behavior /performance. Would need focused task specific training
beforehand.

An action and a responsible for each identified hazard control measure will be
nominated and recorded in the “remarks/action” column of the JSA worksheet.

129
 Page 130 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

23.2.6 Pre-job Review

Before starting the job, the JSA will tie reviewed by the HSE department and
approved by Site Management.

23.2.7 Implementation

The final results of JSA will tie passed onto the Work Supervisor and they will be
discussed with the full team of workers assigned to the job before the beginning
of the activity during the Pre-Start TBT or others pre-job meetings.

The hazard control measures arisen from the Job Safety Analysis will be
incorporated in the appropriate Technical Procedure/ work Instruction / Work
Permit Procedures.

The JSA worksheet will be attached to the permit to work (where applicable) and
will be always available on site, where the activity will be carried out. It will be
used as topic for the daily tool-box talks.

23.2.8 Post Job Review

In case of particulars activities (extremely complex, out of standard, etc.) the JSA
will be reviewed and updated on completion of the job or task The outputs of this
analysis will be recorded and conserved.

When reviewing the JSA on completion of the job, the following will be
considered: Did any of the job steps change (added or deleted)? Often, changes in
the environment, specifications or tools and equipment can cause the addition
/deletion /change of job steps, introducing new hazards that require new solutions.

130
 Page 131 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Were there any additional hazards? When doing a JSA a great deal of effort will
be put into trying to identify all of the potential hazards. However, it is not always
possible to foresee all of the hazards until the job is completed.

What solutions are developed for the additional hazards? Once a job has
commenced, in case of unforeseen hazards, new solutions will be developed on
the job. These will be included on the revised JSA as an example for future similar
activities.

Ongoing JSAs should be reviewed on a periodic basis, even if nothing has

changed. This will ensure that employees are following correct methods of
operation, and that equipment is in satisfactory working condition. JSA's results
could also be used for improvement/updating of Site Risk Assessment and/or
Method Statements.

23.3 JSA PREPARATION GUIDELINE

• What Jobs requires a JSA:

1. All new tasks/ Jobs

2. Any tasks with previous history of incident/ accident

3. Any activities which present unknown / unspecified hazards

131
 Page 132 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

• Who should participate In JSA preparation:

JSA should be prepared by an experienced person from construction or process

background,

The team leader

The work team or a representative of the work crew.
An engineer (depending on the complexity of the job)
Operation/process representative for brown-field/commissioning
activities.
An HSE representative (depending on the inherent hazards of the job)
An external facilitator such as vendors (depending on the complexity
and hazards of the job)

• How to prepare a JSA:

Step 1 - Break down the task job:

Jobs are broken down into a series of successive steps or activities. Each step is
described in sufficient details so that the entire team understands the step and the
overall sequence. Required or anticipated tools and equipment for each step or
activity are to be included,

Step 2- Identify the known/expected hazards:

The potential hazards then identified for each step; hazards are generally classified
in 6 main types:

1. Physical: e.g., as access/egress, scaffolds, manual handling, and radiation.

132
 Page 133 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

2. Chemical: e.g., Acids, alkaline, welding fumes, oil.

3. Mechanical/Electrical; e.g., Machinery, generators, power hand tools.

4. Biological: e.g., bacteria, mold, viruses

5. Environmental: e.g., temperature, lightning, wild life.

6. Ergonomic: eg. Position of employee or shape, size or design criteria suitability

of tools and equipment to the employee

To assist in doing so the following questions can be asked:

Can any part of the body get caught in the or between an object?
Do tools, machines or equipment used for the job present any hazard?
Can the worker make harmful contact with objects?
Can the worker suffer strain from lifting, pushing or pulling?
Is the worker exposed to extreme heat or cold?
Is excessive noise or vibration a problem?
Is there danger from falling object?
Is lighting a problem?
Can weather conditions affect the worker?
Is harmful radiation a possibility?
Are flammable substances present?
Can contact be made with hot, toxic, acidic, or caustic substances?
Are there dusts, fumes mists or vapors in the air?
Are there particular skills or special training required?

133
 Page 134 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Step 3-Assess the Risk of Hazards Causing Harm.

This requires consideration of the consequences and likelihood of the hazard causing
harm ignoring current conditions. The risk assessment is generally straight forward
and based on the collective judgment of the team, the risk matrix included in the JSA
pro-forma is to be used for the assessing risk.

Step4-determine control measures/procedures

The final step is to identify existing controls or develop new control measures
appropriate to each identified hazard. The control measures must be consistent with
the identified risk and should at all times be based on controls from as high up on the
hierarchy of controls as possible. When in place, the controls should reduce the risk
to as low as reasonably practicable. A combination of measures, using the hierarchy
of controls these include elimination, substitution, engineering, administration
controls and PPE. The use of personal protective equipment as the primary control
should tie the last resort

Step 5- Revise JSA as Job site and/or environmental conditions change.

The JSA is to be reviewed, periodically (here it is one month), whenever

circumstances change e.g.; different equipment is to tie used, new location with new
hazards/risk or on quarterly basis.

Step6-Prepare and update JSA log

The JSA log shall be maintained by each department and entire list has to tie updated
by subcontractor HSE department

134
 Page 135 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Approval and review:

The superintendent/Construction Manager of the JSA team leader Is to approve the

JSA Before approving the JSA, the superintendent/Construction Manager is confident
that the JSA has been appropriately conducted that the identified controls will be
implemented and that the jobs have risks.

The next step is for the JSA to be approved by the Project HSE Manager or his
designee, the JSA is then to be submitted to construction supervisor and the HSE area
Lead, the review process should ensure that:

An appropriate team composition was used

Identified hazards have been clearly expressed
Risk assessments appear consistent with the hazards

Control measures are consistent with the hierarchy of controls philosophy

23.4 Records

Adequate records of JSA shall be maintained at site, including a JSA log and copies
of PTWs.

Records of employee training in “Risk Assessment& JSA” will tie maintained too.

135
 Page 136 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Job Safety analysis

136
 Page 137 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

137
 Page 138 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Job Safety analysis log Form

138
 Page 139 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

24. SITE RISK ASSESSMENTPROCEDURE

24.1 Roles and Responsibility
Contractor subcontractors are responsible for spreading and implementing this
procedure according to their assignment during the execution of the Project.
The following roles could refer both to contractor or subcontractor personnel,
depending on the company which performs the assessed task.
24.1.1 Field HSE Manager
Field HSE Manager shall:
Identify and schedule Site RA studies to be performed;
Support Project Manager for Construction in the identification of Site Risk
Assessment Team members;
Ensure that the RA is carried out according this procedure;
Keep updated the Risk Assessment Action Tracking Register (Annex 7).
Ensure the congruence between Site RA results and relevant JSAs.
According to Contractor Organization Chart, this role is fulfilled by the Field HSE
Manager (FHSEM).
24.1.2 Contractor Project HSE Manager
Contractor PHSEM shall:
Ensure the review of site Risk Assessment for checking conformity with
Contractor HSE Management System.
Support Site RA Team in the completion of scheduled activities.
24.1.3 RA Team Leader
Is responsible for the following:
Lead Site RA Team
Conduct the study as per the hereby procedure.
Nominating action owners for each identified additional control measure.
Filling the Site RA Form.

139
 Page 140 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Ensuring that the completed and reviewed RA is passed onto the Work
Supervisor.
24.1.4 Site Risk Assessment Team
Each member of Site RA Team shall:
Participate in the study effectively;
Propose to the RA Team Leader the actions' owners.
24.1.5 Action owner responsibilities:
Action owner shall:
Implement the additional control measures relevant to his area of competency,
within the defined timeframe.
Report to HSE Manager with the evidence of close out.
24.1.6 Superintendents/Supervisors
Are responsible for the following:
Participating in Site RA, if required (or nominating a representative).
Identifying the need for a RA to be carried out
Carrying out the daily pre-start tool box talk on the basis of RA results (if
required by the specific activity)
If the organization chart of the subcontractor does not include these roles, the above
responsibilities are given to foremen.

140
 Page 141 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

24.1.7 Safety Supervisors /Officers:

Safety Supervisors/Officers are responsible for the following:
Assisting the Team Leader during the Site RA study.
Verifying the suitability of hazard control measures arisen.
Verify the congruence between Site RA and relevant JSA.
Moreover, they shall ensure that:
The personnel carrying out the work has received clear information about the
specific risks identified during RA.
Daily pre-start TBT are conducted on the basis of safety topics arisen from RA
(if required by the specific activity).
PTWs have in attachment the relevant RA
24.2 Description of Activity
Site risk assessment has to be performed at site.
Risk Assessment completes and updates the HIP, and it will cover tasks both foreseen
and not by HIP. The latter should be considered as a basis for the tasks already covered
by the latter Each activity, if performed introducing new work methods or under
different circumstances from what was planned, should be reassessed.

The risk evaluation shall be done by using the relevant Risk Matrix which combines t
The Risk Matrix identifies three possible areas subject to different levels of risk are
identified:

Red Area - intolerable risk: the activities cannot be carried out until mitigation
measures able to bring the risk to an acceptable level (yellow or green area)
have been implemented.
Yellow Area - the risk is tolerable if ALARP. The activities can be commenced
with appropriate management authorization and it is necessary to:

141
 Page 142 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Identify and implement additional risk reduction measures, where practicable

(the analysis shall cease when measures identified become unreasonably
onerous with respect to the achievable benefits).
Ensure that the risk is subjected to periodic assessment so that it remains
constantly within the ALARP range.
Green Area - tolerable risk: the activities can start and no further immediate
controls are required. Proceed with care and pursue continual improvement.

24.3 Site Risk Assessment Steps

Site RA shall be performed according to the sequence described below:

24.3.1 Step 1: Identification of the Risk Assessment Team

The Project Manager for Construction shall appoint the Risk Assessment team leader,
the team leader should be experienced in the completion of Risk Assessment and shall
have attended the “Risk Assessment and JSA” HSE training course.

The Project manager for Construction, together with the team leader and supported by
the field HSE Manager; shall select the team members who have adequate knowledge
of the activities being assessed and appropriate to the complexity and risk associated
with the tasks. Within the team there should be personnel who:

Are responsible for the activities and/or involved in carrying out the work.
Are experienced in Risk Assessment and have attended the relevant training.
Have the required level of knowledge of the tasks to be performed, its location,
the hazards associated with both work and location and the controls required to
ensure the work can be done safely.

142
 Page 143 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Where appropriate, individuals with specialist knowledge should be nominated

as team members to provide technical advice (e.g., lifting specialists, electrical
or instrument engineers, etc.).

24.3.2 Step 2: Initial Review

Before the Risk Assessment study starts, the team leader should complete enough
preparatory work to ensure that all members have sufficient background
information for the completion of the study.

Preparation for the RA should include, wherever possible, a worksite visit as this
allows team members to see the physical layout of the area and the current site
conditions.

Then, in an initial review of the work, the team should consider:

If the purpose and content of the work is clear.

If the work needs to be separated into a number of different tasks that will need to be
assessed separately (this may be required for more complex work).
The capabilities/skills of those who will complete the task (now and in the future).
If the time when the task is planned introduces additional risks that could be avoided.
If there is a safer location for doing the task.
Whether there are simultaneous operations which could have an effect on the task.

The RA team should at this stage break the activities into smaller tasks to allow for
better and clearer. understanding of the potential hazards.

143
 Page 144 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

In this phase the Method Statement prepared by Subcontractor, and reviewed by

Company and Contractor, can be very useful for the correct break-up of the overall
activity.

24.3.3 Step 3: Identification of Hazards and Controls

For each activity a list of all significant hazards is identified. The RA team shall then
identify all standard control measures that should be in place to mitigate the risk. These
controls shall tie listed on the Site Risk Assessment Form During this step, HIP results
can be used as reference

24.3.4 Step 4: Estimate of Hazard Consequence and Likelihood

All nodes will tie reviewed sequentially to identify hazards that the planned work could
introduce within the activities/site. The key issues to be considered and recorded on
the worksheets are:

The identified hazard within the planned sub-activity; there could tie several and
some could coincide.
What the consequence(s)would be and, if health and safety based, what
personnel could be affected by them.
An agreed evaluation of the probability of occurrence.

Once all hazards associated with the activities are established, the associated hazard
effects shall be identified and considered. This stage of the process must consider the
harm that could possibly occur to the people, environment, equipment(business)and
company's image involved in the completion of the tasks.

144
 Page 145 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

24.3.5 Step 5: Risk Rating and identification of Standard Control Measures

The level of the risk associated to each task is done by a Risk Rating exercise using
the Risk Matrix. The risk rating shall be specified using the terms shown in the Risk
Matrix by assessing the likelihood of occurrence(L)and the severity of the hazard(S),
in order to give an overall risk rating (R): S x L=R.
24.3.6 Step 6: Identification of Additional Controls
The RA team shall assess the risk inclusive of the theoretical implementation of the
standard control / mitigation measures to confirm whether the standard control
measures are sufficient to reduce the risk within tolerable levels or additional controls
/ risk reduction measures are required.
Tolerability shall be based on the following criteria:
If the risk level with standard controls is low, additional controls would not
normally be required.
If the risk level with standard controls is medium, the RA team shall consider
carefully whether additional practicable controls can be provided to reduce the
risk.
If the risk level with standard controls is high, additional controls must be
identified to reduce the risk to a level no greater than medium.
High risk cases may require specific RA or additional studies that will tie part of the
overall RA process/documentation; those must be part of the communication to the
workforce.
If it is not possible to identify controls that reduce the risk below high, or if the RA
team considers that the risk level is unacceptable even if assessed as medium, the task
must not be started.
In determination of risk reduction, a strategy is to be selected commencing with the
highest priority of reduction "Eliminate" first and then working through lower
priorities in descending order until an ALARP level is considered
achieved, according to the hierarchy described below.

145
 Page 146 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Additional controls identified are to be assigned to "Action Owners". Actions should

result in specific definition of a control measures. Timescales for closure are to tie
defined; assignment and timescale will be recorded on the Risk Assessment Action
tracking register.
The activity cannot start until the "action owners" have demonstrated the
implementation of the required additional control measures.
24.3.7 Step 7: Documenting and Recording
The findings of the RA shall be documented on the Site Risk Assessment Form and
shall be numbered and filed in a sequential order.
24.4 implementation of Site Risk Assessment Results
The final results of Site RA will be passed onto the Area Superintendent / Work
Supervisor and they will be discussed with the full team of workers assigned to the
job before the beginning of the activity during the Pre- Start TBT or others HSE safety
meetings.
The hazard control measures arisen from the Risk Assessment will be incorporated in
the appropriate Technical Procedure/Work Instruction/Work Permit Procedures/JSAs.
The Site RA form will be attached to the permit to work (if required) and will be
always available on site, where the activity will be carried out.
24.5 Site Risk Assessment Review
In case of particulars activities (extremely complex, out of standard, etc.) the Site RA
will be reviewed and updated on completion of the job or task. The outputs of this
analysis will be recorded and conserved.
Moreover, ongoing Site Risk Assessments should be reviewed on a periodic basis,
even if nothing has changed.
This will ensure that employees are following correct methods of operation, and that
equipment is in satisfactory working condition.
Site Risk Assessment can be launched following the analysis of a Safety and Hazard
Observation Card.

146
 Page 147 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Site RA Review can be based upon JSA post- job review.

Site RA Review results could also be used for improvement/updating of Method
Statements, HIP and /or JSAs as well.

24.6 Records
Adequate records of Site Risk Assessment shall be maintained at site, including a Risk
Assessment and copies of PTWs. Records of employee training in 'Risk Assessment&
JSA" will be maintained too.

147
 Page 148 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

148
 Page 149 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Eliminate The subject process shall not be implemented. The risk must be reduced through
removal of the hazard at source; e.g., through re-design / re-engineering.
Reduce Reduce the risk in the process through substitution with an alternative; e.g., different
methods, materials or equipment.
Isolate Prevent personnel interaction with the hazard; e.g., through removal of personnel
(through automation), enclosure of the process/hazard, machinery guarding,
emergency stops and reduction of personnel exposure time.
Control Manage hazard exposure through the use of systems and procedures; e.g., permits
to work, special rules/work instructions.
Protect Use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE). All the above MUST be fully
considered ahead of PPE use. Where necessary PPE should be used in support of the
above measures.
Discipline An absolute last resort. Relies on close monitoring and supervision of worker
behavior / performance. Would need focused task specific training beforehand.

Risk reduction Hierarchy

Definition Likelihood with standard control Likelihood with proposed additional

measures in place control measures
Never occurred in the industry - According Could occur under a freak combination of
Very to the RA Team experience, such an event factors - applied control measures exceed
has never occurred in Oil and Gas industry in size, strength and duration required to
prevent hazard release; and have always
been effective
Occurred in the industry - This type of May occur in exceptional circumstances -
Unlikely event has been recorded at least once in applied control measures exceed in size,
the industry but never in MMS strength and duration required to prevent
hazard release; and have demonstrated
their effectiveness in most cases

149
 Page 150 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Could occur at some time - applied

Unlikely Not Occurred in MMS control measures are moderate and have
worked most of the times, but failure
could occur
No extraordinary factors to occur -
Possible Not Occurred in MMS applied control measures are moderate
but possibly insufficient to prevent
release by itself
Almost certain to happen - applied
Likely Not Occurred in MMS control measures are of weak capacity
providing only marginal overall effect.

Harm to people

Negligible Slight injury or health effects - First Aid. No Loss Time

Low Minor injury or health effects - Medical treatment and Work Restricted Case

Medium Major injury or health effects - Lost time injury

High Single fatality or Permanent Total Disability - From an accident or

Occupational Illness (poisoning, cancer).

Major Multiple fatalities - From an accident or Occupational Illness (poisoning,

cancer).

150
 Page 151 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Environmental Effect

Negligible Negligible effect - Nil or negligible effect (e.g., small spills during
refueling) without any financial consequences
Low Slight effect - Local environmental damage. Within the fence and
within systems. Negligible financial consequences.
Medium Minor effect - Contamination. Damage sufficiently large to attack
the environment Single breach of statutory or prescribed criterion.
Single complaint. No permanent effect on the environment.
High Local effect - Limited loss of discharges of known toxicity.
Repeated breaches of statutory or prescribed limit. Affecting
neighborhood.
Major Major effect - Major environmental damage. The company is
required to take extensive measures to restore the contaminated
environment to its original state. Extended
breaches of statutory or prescribed limits.

151
 Page 152 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Risk Assessment Action Tracking Register

152
 Page 153 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Risk Assessment Log Form

153
 Page 154 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

25 TRAINING

Contractor shall ensure that only appropriately trained and competent personnel are
employed to carry out the work. All personnel receive documented training, based on
job classification and training needs analysis, before being permitted access to the
work site. This training shall include:

(1) Safety orientation.

(2) Job - specific safety training.

(3) Job - skills/craft competency training for personnel engaged in specific craft
activities (e.g., electrical, scaffolding, steel erection, welding, cutting, crane/heavy
equipment operation)

Establish job classifications (e.g., welder, rigger, crane operator, heavy equipment
operator, driver) required to perform the work and the specific job skills/craft
competence and training requirements for each of these job classifications, including
Saudi Aramco and/or Saudi Arabian Government certification/license requirements.

Where a specific job function requires Saudi Aramco and/or Saudi Arabian
Government certification/license, these job functions shall tie assigned only to
properly certified/licensed personnel (e.g., certified crane/heavy equipment operators
per Gl 7.025, certified scaffold supervisors/inspectors per Gl 8.001).

Additional training programs shall be established for personnel who perform high-risk
activities, such as but not limited to:

Confined space entry

Fire watch
154
 Page 155 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Isolation and lock-out/tag-out

Working on or near energized electrical equipment Working at height
Lifting and rigging
Excavation
Specialized power tools and equipment
Handling of hazardous chemicals
Waste storage and handling, etc.

In-house or third-party training shall include:

Training facilities complete with multimedia (audio/visual) resources.

Qualified instructors to ensure personnel properly receive the required training.
Verbal instruction and written materials in a language clearly understood by the
personnel receiving the training.
Documented post-training competency assessments.
Documentation of completed safety training (e g, pocket card, "safety passport"
or file copies of training records).

Contractor shall work closely with their subcontractors to provide training programs
to ensure that personnel have the necessary knowledge and skills required to safely
and properly perform the assigned work.

The complete details of the training courses that are prescribed to personnel at all
levels of the organization, according to the Training Needs Analysis Matrix, are
included in the Appendix G - "Procedure for HSE Training".

155
 Page 156 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

25.1. Safety Orientation

Contractor employees who are new to a particular work site attend and pass safety
orientation, as well as any facility safety orientation that may be required by the Saudi
Aramco Proponent Organization (SAPO).

The safety orientation program shall include an overview of relevant requirements in

the Saudi Aramco Safety Handbook and Saudi Aramco Construction Safety Manual
(CSM). The safety orientation program shall include, but not be limited to:

Alarms and notifications

Assembly points PPE
Basic safety rules
Break areas
Emergency response procedures
Heat stress precautions
Hydrogen sulfide (H2S) safety
Incident reporting procedures
PPE
Smoking restrictions and locations
Traffic rules and restrictions
Understanding safety signs and Warnings Work permits

156
 Page 157 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

25.2 Short Service Employee (SSE) Program

Contractor shall establish a short service employee (SSE) program. This program shall
include identification of new or inexperienced personnel so others may take extra care
in their presence and provide additional assistance. The SSE program shall define the
criteria for an inexperienced worker biased on duration of employment, change of job
scope and/or length of industry service.

Before work commences, contractor shall inform the Saudi Aramco Proponent
Organization (SAPO) of the maximum ratio of SSEs to experienced workers that will
be present at the job site at any given time. The SAPO reserves the right to require an
alternate maximum ratio of SSEs.

Supervisors shall observe their SSE's work performance until they are satisfied that
the employee can perform his job in a safe and effective manner. The SSE program
shall provide additional training as requested by the supervisor.

25.3 Job-Skills /Craft Competency Training and Safety Training

Contractor shall ensure that job-skills/craft and safety training fully qualify personnel
to perform their job properly and safely. Job-skills/craft competency training and
safety training shall include, but not be limited to, the relevant topics listed below,
depending upon the job scope and assigned responsibilities.

Job-Skills/Craft Training Safety Training

Abrasive blasting Basic life support (BLS)
Asbestos Communications
Cartridge operated tools (HILTI) Compressed gas cylinders

157
 Page 158 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Concrete formwork/shoring Confined space entry/rescue

Cranes and rigging Emergency response procedures
Cutting, welding, brazing Fall prevention/protection
Demolition Falling object prevention/protection
Electrical systems/equipment Fire prevention/firefighting
Elevating/lifting equipment First aid
Excavations and shoring Hazard recognition
Explosive materials Hazardous chemicals
Gas testing Heat stress
Hand tools and power tools Housekeeping
Heavy equipment Hydrogen sulfide (H2S)
Hydro testing Incident reporting/investigation
Ionizing radiation Isolation/lockout/hold tag
Isolation and blinding Job safety analysis (JSA)
Non-destructive testing (NDT) Ladders
Painting and coating Materials handling
Piling Personal protective equipment (PPE)
Pipefitting Respiratory protection
Plumbing Vehicle/traffic/driving safety
Portable power tools Work over water
Pressure testing Work at heights
Scaffolding Work permits
Contractor shall maintain training records for review by the SAPO upon request.
Safety training shall also address off-job hazards (e.g., seat belt use. cooking safety).

158
 Page 159 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

25.4. Refresher Safety Training

Refresher safety training shall be conducted at a frequency not less than that
established by Saudi Arab Government regulations or Saudi Aramco requirements
(note; in the event that refresher safety training is not covered by Saudi Arabian
Government regulations or Saudi Aramco requirements, the SAPO or Contractor shall
document the refresher safety training frequency). A database should be maintained
that will serve to notify when refresher training is required. This will enable
preparations for further training courses to be made in good time. Refresher training
shall be required annually as a minimum, or when major changes will occur, or have
occurred, onsite or to current procedure.

25.5 Training for Site Supervision and Safety Staff

Contractor shall ensure that all their site supervision and safety staff receive formal
safety training. This training shall include a review of typical site hazards and safe
work practices.

All site supervision and safety staff shall attend the formal training including 24 hours
OSHA, NEBOSH-NEC or SAPO approved training program.

Site supervision and safety staff shall be trained in, but not be limited to. the following:

The job specific CSSP and HIP.

The contract's safety requirements.
Specific hazards and safe work practices associated with the job.
Relevant sections of the Saudi Aramco Safety Handbook and the Saudi Aramco
Construction Safety Manual (CSM).

159
 Page 160 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Injury/incident reporting and investigation.

Applicable emergency response procedures.
First aid and basic life support (BLS).

The course for supervisors should include legal requirements, company and
administrative policies and safety aspects of the work likely to be undertaken by the
supervisors.

25.6 Specialized Trainers

Many Specific Training Courses may be given by the site HSE team. However, for
specialized activities such as scaffolding, electrical systems, health surveillance etc.,
it may be necessary to bring in dedicated training personnel.

Certificates should tie issued to persons successfully completing specific training

courses, and adequate records maintained by the HSE staff. A database should be
maintained that will serve to notify when refresher training is required. This will
enable preparations for further training courses to be made in good time.

Management and Supervision shall be responsible for identifying the training needs
of employees.

HSE staff shall be responsible for ensuring the necessary training material is available.

25.7 Training for work at height requirements

All the person that has the potential to be exposed to a fall risk shall be trained prior
to starting work. Training must be conducted by highly qualified personnel.

160
 Page 161 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Specific training programs (periodically renewed, as defined in a specific procedure

to tie issued) must be defined for each one of the following job profiles.

Supervisor.
Workers.
Scaffolders.
Rescuers

Specific refresh training activity must be issued for each one of the Job profiles.

Scaffolders

The training for scaffolders is structure in theoretical and practical sections and is
aimed to provide the necessary information and instruction on how to erect, dismantle
and modify a scaffolding. Participant will receive details on:

Use of PPE for working at height.

Correct use of the PRE and methodology while moving on working platform
without the provision of fall protections.
Correct use of life line and methodology for the installation of the life line.
Correct use of the PRE while erecting and dismantling the scaffolding.

Rescuers

The training for Rescuers is structures in theoretical and practical sections and is
aimed to provide to the participant the relative information related on how to identify
the related risk of falling from height, adequate type of fall protection devices and
correct methodology for rescue of persons injured while working at height.

161
 Page 162 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The refresher course has the scope to maintain the workers to an adequate level of
information and awareness related to the methodology for rescuing persons from
height based on theoretical and practical section.

25.8 Records

Proper records of all training courses must be maintained by the HSE Team.

26. TRAFFIC SAFETY

A project specific document "Traffic Plan" inclusive of several Traffic Flow Sketches
and transit routes is included in Attachment "B" of this document and addresses in
more detail the main requirements for managing and controlling traffic during the
Project.

Furthermore, during the construction phase, the attachment will tie updated
specifically for the Project with the aim to minimize the exposure of civilian traffic on
highways and public roads.

26.1 General

It is imperative that all personnel involved in the EPC Phase, Contractor,

subcontractors, suppliers and vendors, are familiar with the scope of the Attachment
to provide the instruction and recommendations for Traffic/vehicle and Pedestrian
Safety.

Contractor CM will ensure that this document is regularly reviewed at site, and all
parties will tie informed of subsequent revisions. Contractor, subcontractors, suppliers
and vendors vehicles and personnel will fully comply with the existing rules in Saudi
Arabia.

162
 Page 163 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Contractor and/or Subcontractor will employ only qualified personnel as drivers of

motor vehicles, and ensure that all drivers are in possession of a valid Saudi Arabian
Government Driver’s License and receive defensive driving training and driver
evaluations.

A vehicle operator will be held accountable for the vehicle assigned to him and he
must ensure that it is always operated in a safe and lawful manner.

26.2 Preventive Maintenance of Vehicles (PMV)

Preventive maintenance is a schedule of planned maintenance actions aimed at the

prevention of breakdowns and failures. The primary goal of preventive maintenance
is to prevent the failure of equipment before it occurs. It is designed to preserve and
enhance equipment reliability by replacing worn components before they actually fail.
Preventive maintenance activities include equipment checks, partial or complete
overhauls at specified periods, oil changes, lubrication and so on. In addition, workers
can record equipment deterioration so they know to replace or repair worn parts before
they cause system failure. Recent technological advances in tools for inspection and
diagnosis have enabled even more accurate and effective equipment maintenance. The
ideal preventive maintenance program would prevent all equipment failure before it
occurs.

There are multiple misconceptions about preventive maintenance. One such

misconception is that preventive maintenance is unduly costly. This logic dictates that
it would cost more for regularly scheduled downtime and maintenance than it would
normally cost to operate equipment until repair is absolutely necessary. This may tie
true for some components; however, one should compare not only the costs but the

163
 Page 164 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

long-term benefits and savings associated with preventive maintenance. Without

preventive maintenance, for example, costs for lost production time from unscheduled
equipment breakdown will be Incurred. Also, preventive maintenance will result in
savings due to an increase of effective system service life.

Long-term benefits of preventive maintenance include.

Improved system reliability,
Decreased cost of replacement. V Decreased system downtime.
Better spares inventory management.
Reduces potentiality of accidents in case of failure or breakdown

PMV includes the following vehicle components:

Air filter Check it every month. Replace It when it becomes dirty or as part
of a tune -up. It is easy to reach, right under the big metal 'lid', in
a carbureted engine; or in a rectangular box at the forward end of
the air in a duct hose assembly.

Battery Extreme caution should be taken while handling a battery since it

can produce explosive gases. It is advisable not to smoke, create a
spark or light a match near a battery. Always wear protective
glasses and gloves.

Belts Inspect belts and hoses smoothly. Replace glazed, worn or frayed
belts. Replace bulging, rotten or brittle hoses and tighten clamps.
If a hose looks tad, or feels too soft or too hard, it should ta
replaced.

164
 Page 165 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Brake Fluid Check the brake fluid monthly. First wipe dirt from the brake
master cylinder reservoir lid. Pry off the retainer clip and
remove the yd or unscrew the plastic lid, depending on which
type your vehicle has. If you need fluid, add the improved type
and check for possible leaks throughout the system. Do not
overfill.

Engine Oil Check the oil after every fill up. Remove the dipstick, wipe it
clean. Insert it fully and remove it again. If it is low, add oil. To
maintain peak performance, the oil should be changed every
3,000 miles or 3 months, whichever comes first Replace the oil
filter with every oil change.

Exhaust Look underneath for loose or broken exhaust clamps and supports.
Check for holes in muffler or pipes. Replace the rusted or
damaged parts. Have the emission checked at once per year for
compliance with local laws.

Hoses Inspect the hoses and belts monthly. If a hose looks bad, or feels
too soft or too hard, it should be replaced

Lights Make sure that all your lights are clean and working, including
the brake lights, turn signals and emergency flashers, Keep spare
bulbs and fuses in the Vehicle.

Oil Filter To maintain peak performance, change oil every 3 months or 3,000
kms. whichever comes first Replace oil filter with every oil
change.

165
 Page 166 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Power Steering Fluid Check the power steering fluid level once per month. Check it
by removing the reservoir dipstick. If the level is down, add
fluid and inspect the pump and hoses for leaks.

Shock Absorbers Look for signs of oil seepage on shock absorbers, test shock
action by bouncing the car up and down. The car should stop
bouncing when you step back. Worn or leaking shocks should
be replaced. Always replace shock absorbers in pairs.

Transmission Fluid Check transmission fluid monthly with engine warn and
running, and the parking brake on. Shift to drive, then to park,
remove the dipstick, wipe dry, insert it and remove it again.
Add the approved type fluid, if needed. Never overfill.

Washer Fluid Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir full. Use some of
it to dean off the wiper blades.

Wiper Blades Inspect the windscreen wiper blades whenever you clean your
windshield. Do not wait until the rubber is worn or brittle to
replace them. They should be replaced at least once per year,
and more often if smearing occurs.

26.3 Desert Driving

Considering the position of the Project and the typology of roads which link the
internal areas of project and the latter to the nearby cities Contractor deems the desert
driving will not be required during the construction activities. In any case, general
rules and search and rescue procedure for desert driving are given in the relevant
section in Attachment B:"Traffic Plan".

166
 Page 167 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

27. TRANSPORTATION

27.1 References

Gl 6,005, Reporting, Investigation and Recording of Injuries/Occupational

Illnesses
Gl 6.007, Reporting of Contractor On-Job Injuries / Occupational Illnesses
Gl 6.025, Control of Remote Area Travel and Search/Rescue Procedures
Gl 6.029, Reporting and Recording of Motor Vehicle Accidents
Gl 6.030, Traffic and Vehicle Safety
Gl 150.002, Basic Life Support (BLS)Heart saver Automated External
Defibrillator (AED)/ Standard
First Aid (SPA) and First Aid Kit
Gl 710.007, Restricted and Non-Restricted Area Vehicle Access Stickers
SA Safety Handbook Minimum Safety Rules
SACSM, Volume 1, Part. 1, chapter 8.

27.2 General rules

Only authorized drivers (SA or contractor) shall operate motor vehicles. Operator
credentials shall the verified prior to their being allowed to operate motor vehicles.

Drivers operating motor vehicles (either SA owned/leased or contractor

owned/leased) on highways and company property and/or work sites shall have in
their possession a valid Saudi Arabian Government (SAG) driving license.

167
 Page 168 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Drivers shall complete and pass the SA Driver Improvement Program (or SA-
approved equivalent) and shall have completed the Driver Improvement Refresher
Seminar within the period stipulated in Gl 6.030.

Drivers (SA and contractor) shall be held accountable for the safe operation of the
vehicle.

Drivers shall.

Abide by all SAG traffic regulations and SA traffic requirements at all times in
all locations.
Wear seat belts at all times and ensure that all passengers wear their seat belts
as well.
Report any damage immediately to their supervisor.
Perform a 360-degree walk around before getting into the vehicle.
Ensure the vehicle is safe to operate and contains all required safety equipment
prior to use.
Ensure the vehicle is properly equipped before operating in remote locations.
Not exceed the posted speed limit at any time.
Not use a cell phone, eat or drink while driving.
Properly transport materials and ensure loads do not exceed the vehicle
manufacturer's design load capacity. Loads shall be properly secured and tied
down. Materials shall not extend over the sides of the Vehicle. Loads extending
beyond the front or rear shall tie marked with a red flag and trailers shall be
equipped with visible brake and taillights.

168
 Page 169 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Secure loose materials in the driving compartment or truck cargo area. Hard
hats and other loose materials shall not be placed on the rear window shelf.
Ensure unauthorized persons are not transported in vehicles
Not transport more passengers than the number of seat belts provided in the
vehicle.
Not transport passengers in the rear of pickups or on truck beds.
Only Park in designated parking areas. Parked vehicles shall not obstruct other
vehicles, roadways, access ways or fixed firefighting installations.
Reduce vehicle speed under hazardous weather or road conditions
(seeGI6030)
Not leave the vehicle unattended while the engine is running.
Always set the parking or emergency brake when the vehicle is parked.

All vehicles entering a SA restricted area (e.g., hydrocarbon facility, refinery, gas
plant, terminal) shall have a valid, SA Transportation Department inspection sticker.
See SA Form 7573, Restricted Area Access Sticker Request.

Vehicles shall be re-inspected \when its SA inspection sticker expires. If the vehicle
fails inspection due to mechanical reasons, it shall be repaired and inspected before a
new sticker is issued.

All motor vehicles shall be serviced and repaired according to the manufacturer's
maintenance schedule. Where there is no signpost indicating the maximum speed
limit, no vehicle may be driven at a speed greater than the following:

100 kilometers per hour for light motor vehicles outside city limits.
70 km per hours for vehicles with sand tires.

169
 Page 170 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

To drive safely, speed must be reduced below the allowable speed limit at night, or
during fog, rain or sandstorm.

Drivers shall comply with all Saudi Arab Government, Company and Contractor's
traffic signs.

27.3 Vehicle Condition

The driver is responsible for inspecting his vehicle before use, and determine if the
following is satisfactory:

Steering system.
Tires.
Seat Belts.
Horn.
Headlights, taillights, stoplights, and turning indicator lights.
Rear view mirrors.
Windshield wipers and washers.
Crankcase, and radiator level.
Back up alarm

Contractor and Subcontractor shall develop and implement a road transportation plan
for transporting workers to and from the worksite, and during working hours, after
mobilization.

For more detail refer to the "Traffic Plan" in Attachment B.

170
 Page 171 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

27.4 Ingress& Egress

All employees shall follow the established routes at the job site, both vehicular
and foot traffic.
Vehicle horns will tie used for safety and at blind corners.
The vehicle's turn signals will be used when operating a motor vehicle.
All vehicles on this project will be of the approved type, as indicated in the
Company standard.
For more detail refer to the "Traffic Plan" in Attachment B of this document.

27.5 Motor Vehicle Accidents

Motor vehicle accidents (MVAs)that occur on SA premises or SA project sites shall

be reported to the nearest SA Industrial Security Control Centre by telephone, radio
or messenger.

The driver shall immediately inform his supervisor of an MVA, after meeting the
requirements of SA industrial Security and/or SAG police.

Drivers shall not leave the scene of an incident or move the vehicle after a collision
until released by the SAG police officer or a SA Industrial Security representative.

Reflective triangles shall be used to warn approaching traffic if a damaged vehicle is

blocking traffic or is stopped on the road.

27.6 Safe Practices for Towing Equipment and Trailers

G.I. 1010.007specifies the methods, procedures, and responsibilities for towing

equipment and trailers. Contractor and Subcontractors' trailers shall be identified by
the company's name and unique trailer serial number.

171
 Page 172 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

27.6.1 Towing Limitations

Towing more than one trailer at a time is prohibited.

The towing speed of the vehicle must not exceed forty (40) kilometers per hour or
Work Site posted speed at any time and shall be governed by the conditions
encountered. In general, the towing of trailers should be limited to inside plant areas
or adjacent work areas. For longer moves, they shall be hauled on regular floats or
carriers, except:

To and from specified locations that do not have cranes or other suitable loading
and off-loading equipment normally available.
When the moving agency is sure that the tow can be accomplished safely and
that dispatching a crane is not necessary.
During an emergency situation

Safety chain(s), when hooked up to the anchor shackle, shall:

Be long enough to allow the vehicle and trailer to turn at the maximum angle to
prevent chain binding.
Cross under the trailer tongue.
Be short enough to prevent the tongue from dragging on the ground, if the
coupling device should fail.

27.6.2 Tires

All trailer tires shall tie inflated in accordance with the tire manufacturer's
specifications and meet the following requirements.

Have none of the following defects.

172
 Page 173 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The first layer of fabric or steel belting is exposed.

Cuts longer than 3.0 cm.
Side walls showing bulging or bruising.
Thread depth is less than 3.2 mm.
Be the same type, size, and construction.

27.6.3 Night Operations/Poor Visibility

Trailers shall not be towed at night, except for emergencies.

All trailers shall have reflective-type yellow tape on all four sides.

The controller (Person who prepares the towing vehicle as well as the equipment being
towed. He is responsible for ensuring that all equipment is safe for towing) shall have
adequate illumination when coupling and uncoupling is performed.

Brake lights and turn signals shall be functioning and visible.

27.6.4 Inspection

Prior to towing, the trailer shall be visually inspected by the controller. The visual
inspection shall cover:

Suitability of the vehicle used for towing the trailer

Proper coupling connections
Tires
Safety chain location, capacity, and condition
General mechanical condition (bent, broken, loose, worn, etc.) of towing
tongue, wheels, axles, frame, brakes, lights, etc.
Compressed gas cylinders secured in an upright positron and capped

173
 Page 174 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

If trailer fails to meet any one of the above criteria, the trailer shall be taken out of
service until repairs are completed and approved by the custodian.

Periodic inspections and maintenance shall be conducted and documented by the

custodian of the trailer, at least quarterly or according to manufacturer's specifications.

27.6.5 Safe Towing Procedure

The driver/controller shall comply with Saudi Aramco towing procedures and the
manufacturer's towing procedures/guidelines and recommendations.

In case of any conflict, Saudi Arabia Government (SAG)regulations shall govern. In

case of any conflict between Gl 1010.007 and the manufacturer's recommendations,
the G.I. shall take precedent. As the trailer is being towed, the driver/controller must
tie aware of load parameters including dimensions and weight restrictions, and
identify any potential road hazards, such as overhead power-lines, low clearance
bridges, etc.

The controller shall arrange for gate passes and road permits as required.
Transportation Department may tie consulted to determine the road permit
requirements. The driver/controller shall connect and test the proper working of all
electrical, hydraulic, and pneumatic wires/cables prior to towing any trailer.

Drivers shall know the ground and load effects of the trailer on the towing equipment.
This shall include the following:
Acceleration and breaking performance.
Towing equipment control and maneuverability.
Fuel requirements.

174
 Page 175 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The driver shall consider the weather conditions, speed, load, road grades and
conditions when braking and comply with all traffic regulations.
Towing equipment shall be suitable for towing in terms of its suspension system and
transmission coupling devices shall be suitable for type and capacity of the trailer.
The controller shall properly connect/lock the trailer brake and electrical cables. When
the cables are not in use, they shall be properly secured to prevent dragging.
Tow tars and coupling devices shall not obscure the towing equipment license plate
or rear lights, if applicable, when the trailer is not connected. Based on the towing
equipment manufacturer's specifications, the GCWR shall not be exceeded.
Trailers loaded/unloaded, weighing over 750kgs, shall be fitted with a properly
working manufacturer's recommended braking system.
Trailers shall not be used to transport personnel.
The controller shall distribute or position the load on the trailer uniformly, if possible.
Controller shall ensure that any load on the trailer is property secured to prevent
damage to the load/trailer.
Controller of Saudi Aramco-owned equipment shall ensure that the towing equipment
is equipped with at least
one rotary warning beacon and shall be followed by one escort vehicle with a rotary
warning beacon when traveling on SAG and Saudi Aramco primary roads. Contractor
traveling on Saudi Aramco properties shall also comply with this requirement.
Wide side view mirror shall be mounted on the towing vehicle for long/wide trailer
loads.
Maximum allowable combined measurement of towing vehicle and towed equipment
shall not exceed SAG requirements.

175
 Page 176 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

28 PROXIMITY WARNING SYSTEM

'Tag Based Proximity Warning Alert System "or" IB PWAS" shall mean a set of
equipment consisting of Tags to be worn or affixed to personnel or objects, Sensor(s).
Alarm Display{s)to be installed in moving equipment, and Data Loggers capable of
recording historical operational data for the IB PWAS. which detects objects and

personnel within a pre-defined hazard zone and provides an audible and visible
warning to equipment operator(s) when entry into the zone is detected. It may
optionally also provide audible warning to people entering the zone.

Unless otherwise directed via a written exception by an authorized Saudi Aramco

Company Representative with such direction specifying the locations, dates, and other
particulars of such exception (with such exception based

on a documented risk assessment performed by Subcontractor according to Contractor

HSE Department guidelines, and approved by Contractor and Saudi Aramco),
Subcontractor shall ensure compliance with the following requirements at all Job,
Laydown, and Fabrication Sites.

Use of Both Tag Based Proximity Warning Alert Systems and Rear-View Cameras.

All earthmoving and construction equipment at the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication
Sites, Including, but not limited to, the following list, whether owned or operated
directly by Contractor, Subcontractor, and any Subcontractors, thereof, or rented or
provided for the WORK via other agreements, shall have both TB PWAS and
RVCCCS installed, tested, and operating at all times while the equipment is at the Job,
Laydown, and Fabrication Sites.

176
 Page 177 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Examples of earthmoving and construction equipment on wihich such devices must

be installed include, but are not limited to:

Bulldozer
Roller / Vibratory Compactor
Earthmoving Equipment
Haul and Dump Trucks
Tracked or Wheeled Shovels and Loaders
Tracked or Wheeled Excavators
Scrapers
Motor Graders
Graders
Water Tankers
Waste and Fuel Tankers
Tractors
Telescopic Handlers
Backhoe

All trucks delivering concrete at the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication Sites, whether
owned or operated directly by Contractor. Subcontractor, and any Subcontractor
thereof, or rented or provided for the work via other agreements, shall have RVCCCS
installed, tested, and operating at all times while the concrete delivery trucks are at the
Job, Laydown, and Fabrication Sites. Buses, passenger cars, pickup trucks, concrete
pump trucks, and external vendor or supplier delivery trucks, crane and forklift {with
the exception of earth hauling trucks, trucks delivering concrete, etc.) bringing

177
 Page 178 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

material to the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication Sites do not require installation or use
of a TBPWAS or RVCCCS.

All Subcontractors and its visitor personnel, (excluding operators, drivers, and crew
of Excluded Equipment), while on the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication Sites, shall be
provided with Tags compatible with the TB PWAS system in use at the Job, Laydown,
and Fabrication Sites and shall t3e required to wear them at all times.

The compatibility specifications for TB PWAS or RVCCCS shall be defined later.

Any Subcontractor personnel without property worn and functional Tags shall not be
allowed to remain on the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication Sites as applicable and must
report to the Proximity Warning System Coordinator.

All TB PWAS must reliably operate in the complete range of extremes of temperature,
humidity, dust, and vibration, and direct exposure to sun and rain and other
environmental factors which may be present at the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication
Sites.

Any TB PWAS employed at the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication Sites must be able to
detect any Tags from a minimum of at least twelve (12) meters distance, or greater as
determined by Subcontractor risk assessment. The detection range alert threshold for
the hazard zone should be adjustable from a minimum of three (3) meters to the
longest detection range supported by the equipment. The TB PWAS should detect
Tags throughout a three hundred sixty (360) degree radius of the equipment carrying
the installed TB PWAS Sensor(s) and Alarm Display(s), and activate an alarm
notifying the equipment operator of a hazard.

178
 Page 179 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The TB PWAS detection range threshold adjustment shall be designed to allow

adjustment only be adjustable by designated Contractor safety personnel and not by
individual equipment operators.

The equipment operator must be able to silence a TB PWAS audible warning for a
particular detection event.

However, another detection event occurring after the silenced warning should
automatically trigger another audible warning.

Tags employed at the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication Sites shall be non-intrusive,
hands free, and integrated or fitted on personnel high visibility vests, hard hats, or
otherwise conveniently worn, and not interfere with personnel's ability to safely
perform work.

All TB PWAS equipment at the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication Sites (Tags, Sensor(s),
Alarm Display(s), and Data Loggers) shall be completely compatible and
interoperable.

TB PWAS may employ any suitable signaling method (for example, infrared or radio
frequency identification) which is robust and not subject to interface from [Link]
equipment at or near the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication Sites, and which does not
interfere with the operation of other equipment at the Job, Laydown, and Fabrication
Sites.
Any RVCCCS must provide:
A The ability for the equipment operator to view the area behind the equipment
through a minimum overall viewing angle of one hundred sixty (160) degrees
centered on the rear of the equipment, to a distance of at least ten (10) Meters.

179
 Page 180 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

A minimum of four-color camera inputs to a color display for the equipment

operator which shall be of minimum T diagonal screen size, with the capability
of monitoring all cameras simultaneously on the same display with adequate
resolution and color rendition to allow the easy visual identification of hazards
around the vehicle_ The ability to operate effectively in low light environments
(illumination greater than or equal to 5 foot-candles or 54 lux).
The Contractor shall designate a Proximity Warning System Coordinator within
its safety organization who shall have responsibility and authority to supervise
and direct the procurement installation, training, use, maintenance,
effectiveness, and performance monitoring of the Proximity Warning System
Equipment. The Proximity Warning System Coordinator and any other
personnel responsible for installation, training, maintenance, or performance
monitoring shall receive appropriate training from the Proximity Warning
System Equipment manufacturer(s) or their authorized agents.

All Personnel shall report to Contractor PWS coordinator.

The Contractor shall establish a process to positively verify that all personnel's Tags
are correctly worn and functioning each day prior to the start of a work shift, or upon
entry to the work Site for visitors and other personnel not regularly at the Job,
Laydown, or Fabrication Sites for entire work shifts.

The Contractor shall establish a process to positively verify and document that all
Proximity Warning System Equipment installed on earthmoving and construction
equipment is operating correctly at the beginning of each day.

180
 Page 181 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The Contractor shall ensure that for all equipment on the Job, Laydown, and
Fabrication Sites, the TBPWAS alert threshold detection range shall be set to a
distance of six (6) meters unless otherwise determined by a Contractor risk assessment
which shall be approved by an authorized Saudi Aramco Company Representative.

The Contractor shall ensure that proper maintenance of the Proximity Warning System
Equipment is performed according to the specification of the manufacturer(s) to
ensure that the equipment operates correctly and

effectively, with verification of such operation to be certified and documented by the

manufacturer(s) or their authorized agent(s). Earthmoving and construction equipment
or personnel without correctly operating Proximity Warning System.

Equipment shall not be permitted to access or perform work at the Job, Laydown, and
Fabrication Sites.

The Contractor shall ensure that ail equipment operators shall tie provided with
training on the purpose, use, and maintenance of TB PWAS and RVCCCS prior to
operating any equipment with the system installed, and the administration of such
training shall be documented in the project safety records.
The Contractor shall ensure that all personnel using Tags shall tie provided training
on the purpose, use, and maintenance of the Tag prior to entering the Job, Laydown,
and Fabrication Sites, and the administration of such training shall tie documented in
the project safety records. The Proximity Warning System Coordinator shall conduct
weekly, and monthly trend reporting of any incidents, including "near misses," that
either activate proximity alarms or should reasonably have activated such alarms shall
be investigated and such investigations shall document the status of installation, use,
operation, maintenance, and effectiveness of the Proximity Warning System
Equipment including any data recorded by data logger equipment.

181
 Page 182 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

29. PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Contractor will provide, maintain, and enforce the use of the items of equivalent
personal protective equipment. listed in section 1-9 of the Construction Safety
Manual, in compliance with local law (Safety and Fire Protection Directives for
Industrial Facilities - SAF-21 Personal Protective Equipment) and G.I. Nos 7027 8002
and 8.005.
Contractor may require "special" protective equipment to be used for any operation
involving chemical handling, tetraethyl lead, asbestos, abrasive blasting,
painting/coating or other hazardous/toxic material. Contractor and/or Subcontractor
must comply with these requirements when requested by Company.
It should be remembered that PPE is the last line of defense in the hierarchy of control
measures.
When a hazardous situation is recognized, steps should immediately be taken to
eliminate the hazard, by either engineering revision, or alteration to the method of
work. Should it prove impracticable to eliminate the hazard,
personal protective equipment shall be used only upon written authority of Project
Management. When it has been decided that personal protective equipment is
required, steps shall be taken to select the proper type of equipment, and to ensure that
supervisors properly instruct their employees about the use of that equipment, and
ensure that it is used in accordance with instructions. Each worker, depending on his
Job, is provided with appropriate personal protective equipment. PPE shall meet
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)and/or OSHA requirements.
Contractor and/or its subcontractors will provide PPE to personnel without charge, as
per the job PPE requirements.

182
 Page 183 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

29.1 Head Protection

Hard hats shall consist of a shell, suspension cradle, and, possibly, a chin strap.
Personnel, working in areas where there are overhead hazards, falling or flying objects
or have electrical shock and bum hazards to the head, shall wear hard hats. Hard hats
shall meet ANSI/ISEA Z89.1 requirement. Hard hats shall be properly adjusted. There
shall be a minimum 37 mm clearance between the top of the suspension cradle and
the hard hat shell.
Earmuffs and welder's shields shall be compatible with the hard hat.
Personnel shall wear hard hats when on construction job sites and in operating plant
areas. Safety helmets with metal tags, drilled holes or painting will not be permitted
on the job.
Only stick-on decals, supplied by Contractor is permitted. Painted hard hats will not
be permitted because of the effect the paint will have on the strength of the hat Hard
hats should be adjusted so your hat is suspended on your head by the webbing,
preventing the shell of the hat from touching your head.
Hard hats shall be destroyed if they have been damaged, painted, have holes, have had
a sharp impact, or have been subjected to extreme heat.
Safety helmets more than 5 years old won't be allowed, as for the helmets that has
been subjected to bump metal hard hats are prohibited on all work sites.
The practice of wearing of logos of company's other than the current employer,
whether on coveralls or hard-hats. is prohibited.
This reduces the potential for confusion in emergency situations.

183
 Page 184 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

29.2 Eye and Face Protection

Protection of the eyes and face from injury by physical or chemical agents or light
radiation, is of prime importance in an industrial environment. Eyes and face shall be
protected from flying particles, chemicals, lasers, or intense light.
Therefore, suitable protective goggles, face shield or screens shall be worn by
personnel involved in, assisting with or adjacent to any activity where there may be a
danger of the above cited hazards.
Such hazards could be present during the following work situations but not limited
to):
working with rotating equipment such as grinders, drills, lathes,
cutting and welding,
chipping, chiseling, or caulking,
using powder bolt driving tools,
spraying of abrasives,
working with chemicals.
mixing drilling fluids, acids or other toxic hazardous fluids,
working with paints, disinfectant, pesticides or other toxic or hazardous fluids,
working with strong sources of electromagnetic radiation, welding, machines,
etc.
working in the open with winds blowing sand.
All Supervisors are obliged to instruct their personnel about the right use and right
type of eye and face protection.
The selection, fitting, and use of eye and face protection devices shall be based on the
hazard and the visual needs of the user and meet ANSI/ISEA Z87.1 requirements.
Prescription safety glasses with side shields, or proper safety over glasses that
completely cover the prescription spectacles, shall be provided to personnel requiring
them.

184
 Page 185 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Selection of impact resistant eye protection shall be based on the hazards, with user
comfort in mind. The five (5) basic types of protection are:
Spectacles with side shields, either clear or dark.
Goggles with a flexible body that fits flush against the face.
Cushion-fitting goggles with rigid plastic frames and separate cushion-fitting
surfaces.
Chipping goggles having rigid plastic eyecups with lenses designed in two (2)
styles, one (1) to be worn alone and one(I)to fit over prescription spectacles.
Chemical goggles.
Arc and gas tungsten arc (TIG) welders shall only use or wear approved welder's
hoods with the proper lens shade. Torch welders, cutters, and braziers shall wear
special shaded goggles.
Provides a guide for selecting the proper shade numbers of filter lenses or plates used
in welding. Shades darker than those listed may be used to provide the required level
of eye protection.
Face shields shall protect the face and neck from flying particles, sprays of hazardous
liquids, splashes of molten metal or other solutions.
Face shields shall be used in combination with safety glasses or chemical goggles
whenever face shields are required.
Face/Head protection scarves are only allowed if specially designed and worn such
that there is no impairment of the wearer's vision.
Goggles shall be used with the face shield when handling open containers of
hazardous liquids that could splash onto the face.
The necessity for wearing eye protection for any work activity shall be indicated at
the worksite by prominent signs in English and Arabic (local languages on the
worksite). Visual representation of the type of protection needed shall also be
displayed (Line drawing of goggles or face mask).

185
 Page 186 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

In general, eye and face protection worn frequently shall be issued on a personal basis.

Exceptions to this would be in the case of fixed grinding, drilling or other rotating

machines used by multiple users in a workshop.

In such cases, it is recommended to leave suitable eye protection adjacent to the

machine, in addition to any eye protection issued on a personal basis to workers in the

workshop More details on safety spectacles requirements are given in G.I. 8.002.

Safety sun glasses should be worn in strong sun glare to reduce eye strain and fatigue.

All the persons wearing contact lenses shall be authorized from the Contractor and/or

Subcontractor physician.

Individuals who are authorized to wear contact lenses shall wear chemical splash

goggles at all times while in the area of any operational unit or chemical handling area.

If some workers need particular prescriptions or medical glasses for vision correction,

adequate goggles will be provided, if not available, a physician has to declare the

interested workers able to use contact lens to allow them to use safety eyewear,

otherwise the workers will have to transfer to another Job.

186
 Page 187 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Protective Lens Shade Number

Note (*) As a general practice, start with a shade that Is too dark to see the weld/cut
zone. Then go to a lighter shade which gives sufficient view of the weld zone without
going below the minimum.
187
 Page 188 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

29.3 Hand Protection

Adequate hand and arm protection shall be available for all manual labor. The type of
protection to tie worn shall be selected according to the hazard to tie protected against
and based on materials or equipment being handled.
Gloves shall be resistant to specific hazards such as, but not limited to hot surfaces,
electrical hazards, acid, caustic material, slipping, abrasion, fire, chemicals, sharp
edges, general wear and tear, and cold (cryogenic) surfaces.
Gloves should not be used near moving and/or rotating machinery as they can be
caught and trap the hand before it can tie released from the glove.
Hand and arm protection shall conform, where applicable, to a recognized national or
international Standard such as ANSI/ISEA 105 “Hand Protection Selection Criteria”
or OSHA 29 CFR 1910.138 (Personal Protective Equipment – Hand Protection)
Welder's gloves: shall be worn by all welders at work. Leather gloves: shall be worn
by all workers whenever there is a danger of damaging their hands by handling rough
surfaces or substance that could burn, cut or tear. Rubber (molted or coated) gloves:
those who handle hazardous liquids or acid shall wear an appropriate type.
(Rubber can burn or melt)
Hand and arm protective devices shall be regularly inspected and replaced when
physically damaged, or contaminated by substances (such as greases, paints, drilling
fluids or chemicals) which might impair their effectiveness or safety.
29.4 Foot Protection
Foot protection shall comply with ASTM F2412 and F2413.
Safety footwear shall be selected, based on the need for oil/abrasion/chemical/impact
resistance, heat protection, electrical insulation, and comfort, e.g., sturdy work shoes
with leather uppers and/or leather composition with steel toecaps and sales and heels
of the non-slip type are appropriate safety footwear. Comfort is particularly important
for the wearer of safety boots and footwear must fit properly.

188
 Page 189 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Fashion-type safety-toe shoes with canvas, nylon, and/or other soft composition
uppers or soles shall not be used as safety footwear.
Jackhammer personnel shall wear safety shoes with metatarsal(toe/foot) protectors.
Rubber safety boots shall be worn for work in concrete or any other wet areas.
29.5 Hearing Protection
Contractor will provide a hearing protection program for employees to protect them
against the effects of noise exposure where the sound levels exceed those shown in
OSHA 1910.95 and ANSI/ASSE AID.46, e.g., in work areas where workers may be
exposed to 85 decibels-A scale or greater.
Hearing protection program shall include at least the following activities:
Monitoring for noise to determine if an exposure over the prescribed limits has
occurred.
Implementing of controls to protect against the recognized hazard.
Audiometric testing of all workers who work where hearing protection is
required to determine loss of hearing in the worker and the need for additional
controls or training or removal of the worker from these areas if hearing loss is
demonstrated.
In any case, exposure to impulse or impact noise shall not exceed the requirements
specified in ANSI/ASSE A10.46.
Warning signs in English and Arabic (local languages on the worksite) shall be
posted on equipment or in areas
where noise exposures equal or exceed 85 decibels A-scale, indicating the need for
ear protection.
A visual sign in the form of a line drawing of ear muffs shall also be displayed. When
engineering and administrative controls are not practical, all workers exposed to noise
levels of 85dB(A)or above shall be provided with and use approved hearing protection
devices with an appropriate noise reduction rating (NRR) that will reduce the exposure
to an acceptable level. The selection of type of protection shall be in accordance with
the type of noise hazard and the work being performed.

189
 Page 190 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

In general, hearing protection worn frequently shall be issued on a personal basis. In

addition, personal issue it is recommended to leave suitable hearing protection by
the entrance into high level noise areas.

Employees shall be trained by a competent person in the proper fitting and usage of
these devices.
Plain cotton is not an acceptable protective device.
Ear plugs are not suitable when involved in high noise producing operations such as
use of compressed air equipment, concrete breaking etc.
Disposable earplugs shall be replaced when found to be damaged or defective; and
discarded at the end of each shift.
Replacement hearing protective devices shall be available for personnel and visitors.

29.6 Body Protection

Specific and adequate body protection shall be supplied for all work activities which
involve, including but not limited to, the hazards above:
Working in extremes of temperature, such as fire-fighting, heating furnace
attendance, working in
Refrigeration plants, etc.;
Working at height;
Electrical live plants,
Welding, burning, cutting and grinding;
Handling or mixing of acids and other toxic, corrosive or hazardous chemicals;
Clean-up and disposal of hazardous waste (Asbestos, chemical, hydrocarbon,
etc.).
Flame-resistant clothing (PRC) shall be used by industrial personnel exposed to
electrical flashover and flash fire hazards as required by NFPA 70E (electrical
flashover) or NFPA 2113(flammable material fire), depending on the hazard on the
job.
190
 Page 191 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Contractor shall do a hazard assessment as described in NFPA 70E or NFPA 2113 and
select the appropriate FRC for the hazard. FRC shall meet the performance
requirements of NFPA 2112.
Fall protection systems, subsystems, and components shall meet ANSI/ASSE Z359 1
“Safety Requirements for Personal Fall Arrest Systems, Subsystems, and
Components”.
29.7 Fall Protection Equipment
Personal fall arrest systems shall comply with ANSI Z359.1 (or equivalent as specified
in writing by the SA Loss
Prevention Department and shall be labeled as such. Other types of fall protection
equipment shall not be used
and shall be removed from SA facilities and project sites
Suspension trauma safety straps (foot stirrups) shall be provided with each full-body
harness.
Fall arrest equipment shall limit the maximum arresting force on the user's body to
818 kg (1,800 lb.)
Full-body harnesses shall safely support 2,268 kg (5,000 lb.) dead weight (i.e.,
minimum breaking strength).
Connectors shall be made of drop-forged, pressed or formed steel and shall have a
corrosion-resistance finish Surface and edges shall be smooth to prevent damage to
other parts of the fall arrest systems.
D-rings and snap hooks shall be capable of sustaining a minimum tensile load of 2,268
kg(5,000 lb.)and shall be proof-tested by the manufacturer to a minimum tensile load
of 1,633 kg(3,600 lb.)without cracking, breaking or
taking permanent deformation. D-rings and snap hooks shall t5e compatible to prevent
rollout. Snap hooks and carabiners shall be self-closing and self-locking.

191
 Page 192 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Gates of snap hooks and carabiners shall be capable of withstanding a load applied in
either the major or minor axis direction of 1,633 kg (3,600 lbs.) without breaking,
permanent deformation or distortion sufficient to release the gate.
Straps used as webbing or strength components in full-body harnesses shall be made
of synthetic fibers.
Components of fall protection equipment shall be mutually compatible (e.g., from the
same manufacturer).
Self-retracting lifelines shall limit free fall to 0.6 m(2ft) or less and shall have
components capable of sustaining a minimum static tensile load of 1,361 kg (3,000
lb.) when fully extended.
Shock-absorbing lanyards shall:
Bring personnel to a complete stop and limit the maximum deceleration distance
an individual travels to 1.07 m (3.5 ft).
Not exceed 1.8 m(6ft) in length
Safely support 2,268 kg (5,000 lb.) dead weight (i.e., minimum breaking
strength).
Limit the arresting force to 408 kg (900 lb.).
Be labeled by the manufacturer as meeting ANSI Z359.1.
Not be made of wire rope.
If a “Y” lanyard or double-leg lanyard be marked with the following warnings
which shall be followed:
Connect only the center snap hook to the D-ring on the full-body harness.
Do not attach the leg of the lanyard which is not in use to the harness, except to
attachment points specifically designated by the manufacturer for this purpose.
Do not modify the lanyard to allow more than 6 ft (1.8 m) of free fall.
Do not allow the any part of the lanyard to pass under arms, between legs or around
the neck.

192
 Page 193 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Identification and fitting of correct fall protection equipment to the task.

Selection of appropriate anchor points (i.e., anchorage).
Methods for securing lanyards and lifelines.
Protection from falling objects.
Storage, inspection and maintenance of fall protection equipment.
High elevation rescue procedures.
Supervisors of personnel exposed to fall hazards shall:
Be aware of fall hazards in the work area.
Ensure that fall protection equipment is available and in good working condition
before commencing work.
Periodically monitor work activities to ensure personnel are properly using fall
protection equipment.
Ensure personnel wearing personal fall arrest systems are continuously
monitored so that a fall may be immediately identified and responded to.
Ensure fall protection equipment is properly stored in a clean, dry environment
away from direct sunlight.
Ensure fall protection equipment is inspected by a competent person at least
monthly and is properly cleaned and maintained.
Fall protection equipment shall not be used for any purpose other than its intended use.
The fall protection equipment selected shall tie appropriate for the particular work
situation.
The presence of acids, dirt, moisture, oil, grease or activities such as welding, chemical
cleaning and abrasive blasting shall be considered when selecting the appropriate fall
protection equipment.
Only equipment designed for fall arrest (see Section 5.5) shall be used when required
to stop a possible free fall.
Equipment designed solely for use as a fall restraint or positioning system (i.e.,
designed to prevent a free fall by limiting a person's travel shall not be used in SA

193
 Page 194 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

facilities and project sites (e.g., equipment labeled "ANSI Z359.3" or "EN 358" shall
not be used). Fall arrest equipment shall be used when fall restraint or positioning is
Needed (except as noted in Section 5.4.2).
Personnel in motorized aerial lifts (e.g., scissor lifts, aerial work platforms, JLG lifts)
shall continuously wear a full- body harness with the lanyard securely attached to an
appropriate anchorage point (not the handrail of the aerial lift).
Personnel shall inspect fall protection equipment, including full-body harnesses,
lanyards and D-rings prior to each use.
Fall protection equipment shall be kept clean, in good repair and stored properly when
not in use.
Rescue capabilities shall be immediately available for personnel involved in a fall.
Suspension trauma safety Straps (foot stirrups) shall be provided with each full-body
harness to ensure that personnel involved in a fall can stand up in their harness to
prevent loss of circulation until they can be rescued.

29.7.1 Life-line and anchor point

Anchor points for lanyards and self-retracting lifelines shall:

Be capable of supporting at least2,268 kg (5,000 lb.) per person attached.

Not be guardrails, standpipes, vents, small diameter piping systems, cable trays,
electrical conduit or other structures that cannot safely support 2,268 kg (5,000
lb.) dead weight (e.g., about the weight of a car).
Be high enough (preferably above shoulder height to prevent personnel from free
falling more than 1.8 m (6ft) or striking any lower level during a fall.
Not be located so as to cause loss of balance or a body position that would
increase the risk of fall during attachment and detachment of lanyard.
Be free of sharp edges.
Be located above the crane hook during personnel platform (man basket)
operations.
194
 Page 195 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Horizontal lifelines shall:

Be a minimum 12 mm (1/2 inch) diameter wire rope having a breaking

strength specified by the manufacturer of at least 9,000 kg (20,000 lb.). Other
materials, such as manila, nylon or polypropylene rope, shall not be used as
a horizontal lifeline.
Have a safety factor of at least two against failure (including anchor points)
and tie capable of supporting 2,268 kg. (5,000 lb.) per person attached,
applied anywhere along the lifeline.
Be designed by a degreed structural engineer, and the material specifications,
calculations and drawings shall tie submitted to the SAPO for review prior to
installation.
Not have an unloaded sag at the center of the lifeline greater than 30cm (12
inches) for every 10 m (33 ft) of lifeline length between anchor points and
have a means of tensioning, e.g., turnbuckles.
Have no more than three persons attached at onetime between anchor points,
unless designed by a degreed structural engineer in accordance with the
above safety factor for the maximum number of persons expected to be
attached to the lifeline at one time. F. Be installed at the highest possible
point, preferably above shoulder height.
Have softeners where the lifeline could contact sharp edges.
Be free of splices.
Be removed when no longer needed.

195
 Page 196 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Vertical lifelines shall:

Have only one person attached at a time.

Be attached to an anchor point that is capable of supporting at least 2,268 kg
(5,000 lb.) dead weight.
Be made from wire rope with a minimum diameter of 10 mm (3/8 inch).
Have softeners where the lifeline could contact sharp edges.
Be used with rope grab devices or with connectors designed for shock-absorbing
lanyard attachments.
Be removed when no longer needed.

29.8 Respiratory Protection Equipment (RPE)

Respirator Protection Equipment (RPE)shall be provided and used by personnel

exposed to air contaminants exceeding the permissible exposure limit (PEL). RPE
shall meet ANSI Z88.2 requirements.

Self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA)shall tie positive-pressure type. Negative-

pressure SCBA shall not tie used. Breathing air compressors shall tie in accordance
with Saudi Aramco Construction Safety Manual,

Chapter III-2, Mechanical and Heavy Equipment. Breathing air quality shall meet
Compressed Gas Association

(CGA)Grade D requirements (Gl 1780.001) and shall be supplied via an SCBA, air-
line cascade system or air- fed hoods with proper particulate/moisture filters and air
temperature monitoring. An atmosphere-supplying respirator shall be used when an

196
 Page 197 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

oxygen-deficient atmosphere could exist or in the presence of toxic hazards where

cartridge/filter RPE is inadequate (e.g., H2S).

Personnel shall perform a face seal check to ensure a proper seal prior to every use.
RPE shall be inspected by the user before and after each use.

RPE maintained for emergency situations shall tie inspected at least weekly.

RPE shall be cleaned and sanitized after use.

RPE shall be stored in a manner to protect from dust, sunlight, heat or damaging
chemicals.

Personnel shall not use air-purifying (cartridge type) RPE when potential exposure
levels are above the RPE rated capacity or the immediately dangerous to life or health
(IDLH) concentration of the material.

The following shall be avoided:

Air-purifying (cartridge type) RPE in oxygen-deficient atmospheres (i.e., less

than 20% oxygen) or for gases and vapors with poor warning properties (e.g.,
no odor or deadens the sense of smell).
Incorrect cartridges or filters for the type and concentration of air contaminant
Defective equipment.
To use any equipment without first receiving adequate training.
To wear improperly fitting or modified equipment.
To mix and match RPE parts from different manufacturers.
To use dust masks for protection against hazardous vapors or gases that require
respiratory protection.

197
 Page 198 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

29.9 Additional Instructions

No shorts will be worn on site and no one will be allowed to work without a
proper shirt top.
Helmets may be required for employees whose hair is a potential source of
injury.
Electricians using insulated gloves must test them daily for any defects.
The supervisor shall ensure that all people under his control are using the right
equipment and are trained in the use and care of their PPE according to the
instructions of the manufacturer.
Welding leathers (glove and leggings) for welders on site will be provided.
Disposable coveralls, for personnel engaged in painting, cleaning, insulation
and similar activities will be provide.
Disposable dust masks, for all personnel exposed to ordinary respiratory
hazards such as: dust and similar air contaminants will be provided.
Chemical cartridge respirators, where required, during activities such as
painting, insulation and similar activities where respiratory hazards from mist
of paints, thinner, organic vapors minute fibers, etc. exist or possible will be
provided.
Chemical suits, those who are handling acid, or any chemical, which on body
contact causes injury, will be provided with appropriate chemicals suits.
Breathing apparatus, wherever the atmosphere is contaminated with hazardous
gases/dust, the workers those who are working on that area will be provided
with appropriate breathing apparatus, according to ANSI and/or
OSHA requirements (i.e., OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910.134 "Personal Protective
Equipment – Respiratory Protection").
Forced ventilation, for all personnel working in confined space will be ensured
with required forced ventilation as
per the recommended table in chapter 5.1.3 of Attachment H "Confined Space
Entry Procedure" to this document.
PPE that has exceeded its useable service life or that is defective or damaged
shall tie replaced immediately.

198
 Page 199 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

29.10 Man baskets

Methods, procedures, and responsibilities for all personnel involved in the use and
operation of onshore crane suspended personnel platforms (man baskets) for work or
transportation shall be in accordance with G.I. 7.027 “Crane Suspended Personnel
Platform (Man basket) Operations”.
A “Suspended Personnel Platform” (or Man basket) Is a device designed and
constructed to be attached to the hook block of a crane to lift personnel in a safe
manner.
29.10.1 Responsibilities
The man basket shall be inspected and certified by a certified inspector (person
certified by the Saudi Aramco Inspection Department to perform inspections and
certifications on elevating/lifting equipment; also refer to Gl 7.030), when dedicated
rigging has changed, or as determined by the Inspection Department (Refer to Gl
7.030) All rigging hardware shall be compatible to, or exceed, specifications in ASME
B30.5 and ASME B30.23. Rejected man baskets shall be tagged with a red "Rejected"
sticker.
The user (The Saudi Aramco proponent department or other organization authorized
to act on behalf of the Saudi Aramco proponent department.) shall perform a proof-
load test of 200% of the rated capacity at each renewal of the inspection sticker.
This shall be done by floating the crane suspended man basket and test weight
approximately 31 cm (12 inches) from the ground for five (5) minutes. A certified
inspector shall witness the proof-load test and inspect the physical condition of the
man basket. After completion of a successful proof-load test and inspection, a certified
inspector shall attach a safety inspection sticker to the man basket
The Crane Suspended Personnel Platform (Man basket) Permit (SA 9648)
[Attachment #1 to G.I. 7.026] shall tie prepared and approved by a Rigger-I or Rigger
- ll with the assistance of the crane operator. After completion, the crane operator and
USER supervisor (The person, representing the USER, with the responsibility for the
operation) shall sign the Crane Suspended Personnel Platform (Man basket) Permit
before the Rigger-I gives final signature verification.

199
 Page 200 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The Rigger-I or Rigger-ll shall tie physically present and in charge of the operation.
He shall be responsible for explaining the duties of all involved personnel during the
mandatory pre-lift safety meeting. The USER supervisor shall be available at the job
site.
Prior to the actual lift, the Rigger-I or Rigger-ll in charge of the lift shall make a trial
lift to ensure the crane is positioned properly to avoid excessive up and down boom
movement (and telescoping of intermediate boom sections with hydraulic cranes) and
to verify proper rising. The trial lift shall start at ground level, or at the location where
employees will enter the man basket, and proceed to each location where the man
basket is to be hoisted and positioned. The trial lift shall be performed immediately
prior to placing personnel in the man basket. Any repositioning of the crane shall
require a new trial lift.
9.10.2 General
Man baskets shall have a safe working capacity based on a minimum design safety
factor of 5:1.
Factory manufactured man baskets shall meet all applicable Saudi Aramco and/or
ASME fabrication specifications/requirements. The USER may also be required to
submit additional fabrication design information to the Consulting Services
Department (CSD) for review and concurrence, prior to certification by a certified
inspector (Refer to Saudi Aramco Standard Drawings for additional information). A
proof-load test certificate shall be provided to a certified inspector at the time of the
initial certification inspection.
In-house manufactured man baskets shall meet Saudi Aramco fabrication
specifications/requirements. The USER may also be required to submit additional
fabrication design information to CSD for review and concurrence, prior to
certification by a certified inspector. If fabrication specifications/requirements
conform to Saudi Aramco standard drawings, additional CSD review/approval is not
required (Refer to Saudi Aramco Standard Drawings for additional information).
At the time of the initial certification inspection, the USER shall provide a certified
inspector with verification of compliance with Saudi Aramco approved standard
drawings by providing the written proof load test procedures and a proof-load test

200
 Page 201 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

certificate completed, signed, and stamped by a Saudi Aramco approved third party
testing agency.
In-house manufactured man baskets, built after January 1, 2003, in accordance with
Saudi Aramco approved standard drawings, shall tie limited to a maximum personnel
capacity of four. Each worker's total weight, including work tools, shall not exceed
136 kgs (300 Its) or the total capacity of the man basket.

An identification plate shall be attached to the man basket and display the
following minimum information:

Identification Number (ID#)

Empty Weight
Rated Capacity
Maximum Number of Personnel Allowed
Date of Manufacture.
An approved Critical Lift Plan (SA 9644) shall be available on site, prior to any man
basket lift. (Refer to Gl 7.028, Attachment#1, for a copy of the Saudi Aramco
Critical Lift Plan form.)
A Pre-Lift Safety Meeting is mandatory, as required by the Critical Lift Plan form
and the Crane Suspended
Personnel Platform (Man basket) Permit.
The crane capacity load chart shall be de-rated fifty percent (50%) when lifting a
man basket.
Each site setup for man basket operations shall have an approved Crane Suspended
Personnel Platform (Man basket) Permit.

201
 Page 202 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Man basket lifts shall not be performed if:

The crane operator is not Saudi Aramco certified for man basket crane lifts.
The crane operator, USER supervisor, and/or rigger does not consider the crane
operator to be physically or emotionally fit to perform the operation.
The crane operator has been working for more than ten (10) continuous hours prior
to the start of the lift or the lift will not be completed before the crane operator has
been working for twelve (12) continuous hours.
Whenever the crane operator considers that the lift cannot be performed safely, or
that the requirements to undertake the lift, as detailed in this Gl, have not been
followed.
The man basket inspection sticker has expired, or the man basket has a red
"Rejected" sticker.
Any crane Rated Capacity [load] Limiter (RCL) and anti-two-block device or two-
block damage prevention feature for all points of two-blocking (i.e., jobs,
extensions, etc.) is not working properly.
Any crane safety warning device is not working; and/or
The Crane Suspended Personnel Platform (Man basket) Permit has not been
properly completed and approved
The crane shall be levelled in accordance with manufacturer's specifications and shall
be located on a properly compacted foundation prior to performing the man basket lift
The USER shall tie responsible for determining the soil classes and conducting all soil
compaction and tests per Saudi Aramco compaction standards (Refer to Gl 7.028 for
other crane lift requirements).
All man basket dedicated rigging hardware, for attachment to the crane hook,
shall:
Have four (4) swaged (mechanically spliced) wire rope slings of equal length
attached to a shackle or approved steel master link, which shall be attached to
the crane hook on one end.
Have a dedicated sling for the purpose lifting.
Have each of the other ends of the four (4) slings attached to the top of man
basket eyelets with individual shackles and designed with thimbles in each eye.

202
 Page 203 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Have the length of the four (4) slings long enough to permit adequate head room
for workmen, while maintaining a minimum sling angle of 45 degrees from the
crane hook; and
Have an approved, self-closing safety latch fitted on the crane hook.
Slings designated for man basket use shall not be used for any other operation/lifting
purpose.
Man basket shall not be used for any purpose other than lifting personnel and their
Work tools.
Hoisting of the man basket shall be performed in a slow, controlled, cautious manner
with no sudden movements of the crane or derrick, or the man basket. Crane operators
shall not lift or lower an occupied man basket at a speed in excess of 30.5
meters/minute (0.5 meters/second -100 feet/minute.)
Cranes shall not travel with a suspended man basket occupied.
Free fall devices shall not be used on a friction or hydraulic type crane hoist during
suspended man basket operations.
The crane operator shall not leave the controls at any time while a man basket is
attached to the hook.
Workers shall only be permitted to work outside a suspended man basket when all the
following requirements are met.
Fall arrest procedures and equipment are approved by the USER and properly
utilized.
The man basket is securely fastened to the structure to prevent movement
All workers are always secured to the man basket and/or structure by the use of
proper fall arrest equipment.
A full-body harness with a double lanyard is used (A full-body harness is a
harness which provides full body support at the shoulders and pelvic girdle.
Climbing or seat harnesses and safety belts are not acceptable equipment.)
One (1) lanyard is attached at all times when transitioning from the man basket
to the working point and back.

203
 Page 204 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The second (2nd) lanyard is attached before the first (1st) lanyard is released
when moving outside of the man basket;
A ground observer is in attendance at all times and a personnel lift (i.e.,
hydraulic/scissor/telescopic man lift), capable of reaching the height of work,
is in the immediate vicinity when workers are working in this
manner; and
A rescue plan has been developed and approved by the USER and is in effect
prior to beginning the work, if structures limit the ability to place a personnel
lift for rescue purposes (As outlined in above).
Load and boom hoist drum brakes, swing brakes, and locking devices shall be engaged
when the occupied man basket is in a stationary working position.
Man baskets shall have overhead protection when there is an overhead hazard.
Roofing may be constructed of expanded metal to allow visibility for the workers.
A designated signalman shall be used at all times during man basket operations. Only
one designated signalman shall give signals to the crane operator.
The type of communication to be used shall be determined prior to the lift by the
USER supervisor. He shall also provide a full explanation of hand signals to be used,
whether as primary or back-up communication. The designated signalman and crane
operator shall verify that they are familiar with the same set of hand signals. The
signalman shall wear a bright fluorescent vest for easy identification. Radio
communication is preferred, especially in cases where signal relays are required.
If, at any time, the crane operator does not have direct eye contact with the designated
signalman, he shall immediately stop the man basket operation until such time that he
can again see the signalman.
If, at any time, the crane operator does not have direct eye contact with the designated
rigger, then the crane operation must stop.
Each worker inside the suspended man basket shall wear an approved full-body
harness and approved safety lanyard attached to designated locations on the man
basket. Fall protection shall allow a maximum free fall of 1.8 meters (6feet) in the
event a man basket support fails. Workers shall keep all parts of the body inside the
man basket during hoisting and lowering operations.
204
 Page 205 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Suitable knot-free and defect-free tag line(s) shall be attached to the man basket and
controlled at all times, except when their use may create a greater hazard.
When working less than 1-1/2 fully extended boom lengths from energized power-
lines, a designated signalman shall ensure the following minimum distances are
maintained.

Line Voltage Absolute Limit of Approach

Up to 50,000 volts 3.0 meters/10 feet
50,000to 250,000 volts 6.1 meters/20feet
Over 250,000 volts 7.6 meters/25 feet

No work shall be allowed within the minimum distances mentioned above, unless the
power lines are de- energized and a Critical Lift Plan has been approved (Refer to Gl
7.028). Local work permit procedures shall be followed when work is performed
within the above-mentioned limits.
Power Distribution Department concurrence is mandatory on all Critical Lift Plans for
work within these minimum distances (Refer to Gl 2.702),
Man basket crane lifts shall not be performed in wind speeds exceeding 25 km/h (15
mph - 13 knots - 7 meters/second) or manufacturer's specifications, whichever is less.
Crane hook suspended air tugger operations shall not be permitted onshore.
The crane shall not be used for other purposes while handling a suspended man basket.
Lift areas shall tie barricaded and secured. Only authorized personnel shall be
permitted inside the barricaded area.
When outriggers are used, they shall be extended or deployed according to the crane
load rating chart specifications. The crane's tires shall be raised completely off the
ground.
Proper grounding shall be performed prior to welding from the man basket. Suitable
electrode holders shall be used to protect workers from contact with any conducting

205
 Page 206 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

component of the man basket. The electrode shall be removed from the electrode
holder when welding operations are discontinued for any period of time.
Man basket operations, performed at night, shall require prior written approval from
the Facility Manager (Refer to Gl 7.028 for other restrictions for night-time crane
lifts).
When a man basket is used over water and the crane is onshore, workers inside the
man basket shall wear approved life jackets supplied by the USER. The USER shall
ensure that all man basket occupants are trained in swimming survival techniques.
Life buoys shall be available at the site of the man basket lift.

206
 Page 207 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

207
 Page 208 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

30. HEAT STRESS

30.1 Heat Stress Management Procedure
Heat stress is usually the result of work being performed at elevated temperatures.
Contributory factors may also include a decrease of natural body ventilation by
protective clothing e.g., chemical & impervious suits.
If the body's physiological processes fail to maintain a normal body temperature
because of excessive heat, a number of physical reactions can occur ranging from mild
(such as fatigue, irritability, anxiety, and decreased concentration, dexterity, or
movement) to fatal. Because heat stress is one of the most common and potentially
serious illnesses that construction workers encounter, in areas where high
temperatures are normally encountered, regular monitoring and other preventative
measures are vital.
The purpose of this procedure is to reduce the exposure to heat related injury/illness
from working in high heat
environments.
30.1.1 Common hazards
Your body operates in a narrow temperature range. When the environment is too cold
or too hot the body will cease to function properly if steps to control the exposure are
not taken. Extremes in body temperature elevation can be life threatening. There are
many factors that affect body temperature. Some of these that can cause elevated body
temperature are listed below:
Lack of proper fluid replacement.
Electrolyte imbalance.
Extreme air temperature.
Lack of air movement - oven effect
Reflected heat or sunrays.
Being in the direct sun (can raise temperature by as much as 15 degrees).
Convection of heat through walls or steel.
Prolonged or strenuous activities.
High humidity.

208
 Page 209 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Medications, diet, excess salt intake.

Physical fitness (lack of, weight, acclimatization).
Excessive or layered clothing.
30.1.2 New Employees
The first step in managing heat stress is to determine if the new employee is used to
working in the heat A person who is not used to working in high heat conditions cannot
be expected to perform, as an acclimatized employee would be able to perform. The
new employee must be introduced to the new environment carefully. The tasks
assigned must take into account the persons abilities, strength, and acclimatization.
Prolonged strenuous activity or exposure to extreme heat must be limited by rotating
employees until all are accustomed to the new environment. A normal acclimatization
process takes 2-3 weeks to complete before the employee is comfortable working in
high heat environments.
The supervisor is the essential person to provide an acceptable acclimatization period
with appropriate tasks to ensure the safety of the new employee. Several factors will
give a supervisor clues as to whether a new employee will acclimatize quickly or not.
Physical Fitness - A fit person will generally have a higher heat tolerance and
acclimatize sooner.
Previous Experience - Someone who has worked in a high heat environment either
will be acclimatized or will have a better knowledge of how to acclimatize himself.
Fluid Intake/Breaks - A person who works steady with regular breaks will
acclimatize quicker than someone will take sporadic and more frequent breaks.
Attitude - A new employee who Is eager and not worried about working in the heat
will acclimatize more quickly than someone who is anxious when working in hot
environments will. Care must be taken with the eager employee because he may push
himself too much and too quickly.

209
 Page 210 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

30.1.3 Current Employees

This group is generally more susceptible to heat stress than some of the new
employees. These employees are already acclimatized and feel that they are able to
"handle the heat" or they are introduced to the heat for the first time of the season, and
feel that they are fine when, in fact, they are not. Most feel that they can do more than
they really are able to do, or are trying to complete a task before taking their break.
Sometimes the experienced employee is trying to show the new employee "how to do
it' and is caught doing more than he should.
Awareness and education are the tool to keep the current employee out of trouble.
30.1.4 Identification of Heat Stress Symptoms
Many heat stress management programs focus on the identification of heat illnesses.
While the ability to identify the particular heat stress problem is important, it is far
more important to never reach the need to identify which particular heat related
problem is being experienced. There are many publications, which we all should have,
available to identify the various levels of heat stress symptoms. This procedure will
focus on the prevention of heat related illnesses. The following information targets
identification of INITIAL symptoms of heat stress BEFORE problems occur.
30.1.5 Heat Stroke
Heat stroke is an acute and dangerous reaction to heat stress caused by a failure of the
heat regulating mechanisms of the body, e.g., a breakdown of the employee's
temperature control system that causes sweating. Body temperature rises so high that
brain damage and death will result if the person is not cooled quickly.
Symptoms
Red, hot, dry skin, although the person may have been sweating earlier; nausea;
dizziness; confusion; extremely high blood pressure, rapid respiratory and pulse rate;
unconsciousness or coma.
Actions
Casualty must tie cooled down and medical aid sought immediately with the person
transported to the site medical facilities

210
 Page 211 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

30.1.6 Heat Exhaustion

Heat exhaustion is a state of very definite weakness or exhaustion caused by the loss
of fluids from the body.
This condition is much less dangerous than heat stroke, but must be treated early on
to prevent eventual deterioration to heat stroke.
Symptoms
Pale, clammy, moist skin, profuse perspiration, and extreme weakness.
Body temperature is normal, pulse is weak and rapid, breathing is shallow.
The person may have a headache, may vomit, may be dizzy.
30.1.7 Heat Cramps
Heat cramps are caused by perspiration that is not balanced by adequate fluid intake
Heat cramps are often the first sign of a condition that can lead to heat stroke.
Symptoms
Acute painful spasms of voluntary muscles; e.g., abdomen and extremities.
30.1.8 Heat Rash
Heat rash is caused by continuous exposure to heat and humid air and aggravated by
chafing clothes.
The condition decrease’s ability to tolerate heat.
Symptoms
Mild red rash, especially in areas of the body in contact with protective gear.
An alert supervisor will know his employees faces. Heat stress shows early in the face
as being tired, very profuse sweating, off-color, and sometimes confusion. Employees
that are found with any of these symptoms should be taken to a cool location BEFORE
a problem occurs.

211
 Page 212 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

30.2 Employee Prevention, Information and Training

Heat stress awareness training should be provided at least once a year in the spring to
all project personnel. Training for Staff and for workers/ labors shall be separated.
Training for Staff shall focus on the elements of recognition/monitoring and
preventive measures.
Training for labor shall focus on symptoms, listening to own body, which personal
measures can be taken to prevent heat related illnesses etc. Additional training shall
be targeted round about high heat season and Ramadan timings where the risks and
exposure to Heat Related Injuries are greater.
This training shall include the hazards of heat stress:
Instruction in the heat stress index and flag color coding system with in the
Project.
Recognition of predisposing factors, warning signs, and symptoms and the
importance of watching for these symptoms in other employees.
First-aid procedures for, and potential health effects of, heat stroke and other
heat disorders and recovery measures or actions to be taken in case of heat
related illnesses.
Employee responsibilities in avoiding heat stress.
Dangers of the use of drugs, including prescription and over the counter
medicines, and alcohol in hot work environments.
Proper use of engineering and administrative (work practice) controls.
Proper use of personal protective equipment.
Measures employees can take to minimize the effects of heat stress (hydration,
work pace, helpful nutritional habits, etc.).

212
 Page 213 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

30.3 Workplace and Task Evaluation

A thorough evaluation of the workplace by the CM may be necessary to identify tasks
and conditions that present a potential heat stress hazard. This evaluation should
include observations, discussions with workers and supervisors, and the review of any
reported heat-related disorders.
The pre-task safety meeting or tool box talk's is the primary vehicle for evaluating and
communicating heat stress conditions. Information that can help to determine heat
stress potential and appropriate control measures includes the following:
30.3.1 Job Location
In a very hot environment always analyze the specific locations of each task including
proximity to heat producing equipment such as welding/cutting operations, boilers or
location where poor ventilation is present.
30.3.2 Work Location and Schedule
What is the frequency at which the task must be performed and how much time is
required to perform the work? How much time is required for preparation, set- up,
actual task performance, and any normal breaks? Excessive overtime worK piece
work, and machine-paced work are additional factors to consider. Each can cause
fatigue and increase heat stress potential.
30.3.3 Clothing
What workers wear can make a big difference in how much heat they build up. The
use of semi-impermeable or impermeable protective clothing and respiratory
protection will increase heat toad and metabolic rate. However, clothing can shield a
person from radiant heat. Cotton clothing generally retains less body heat. Workers
should avoid excessive layering of clothing when heat stress is a potential hazard.
30.3.4 Control of Heat Stress
As with any hazard, feasible engineering controls should be the primary control
measure, followed by administrative (work practice) controls and PPE, in that order:
Engineering Controls.
General Ventilation.
213
 Page 214 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Shade
Shade will reduce radiant solar heat and is a widely recognized control measure.
Shading the work area, rest areas, or equipment or enclosures can significantly
decrease the heat toad.
30.3.5 Work Rest Cycles
Prescribed periods of work and rest are based on specific heat indices and workload
estimates. These prescribed levels are based on the assumption that the work is
repetitive, controlled, and continuous over an eight-hour shift, and that the rest area is
in an environment similar to that in which the exposure occurs
prescribed periods of work and rest are based on specific heat indices and workload
estimates. These prescritied levels are based on the assumption that the work is
repetitive, controlled, and continuous over an eight-hour shift, and that the rest area is
in an environment similar to that in which the exposure occurs.
The splits between work and rest periods are based on the assumptions that the worker
is fully adjusted to the prevailing conditions and that the climate conditions in the rest
area are similar to at the workplace.
As a minimum all workers should take a rest break for 10 minutes for every hour for
workers exposed to direct sunlight or involved in heavy work, hand digging, concrete
pouring etc., the frequency and duration of rest periods
should be increased.
Should the Heat Stress Annex equal or exceeds 54°C then outside work shall be
suspended immediately.
A dedicated weather station will be provided, and appropriate instrument thermos-
hygrometer will be placed at strategic points on site to monitor heat and humidity. A
Station shall be capable of measuring ambient temperature, humidity, air quality, and
wind speed/direction.

214
 Page 215 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

30.4. Proactive Measures against Heat Stress

The following are a few recommendations to aid in the prevention of heat related
problems:
Begin drinking fluids early in the day - waiting until the hottest portion of the day to
replenish body fluids is too late. Avoid caffeine and alcohol the night before and
during the day.
Dress for the conditions. Lightweight, loose clothing is best. Avoid layering clothing
underneath coveralls.
A well-balanced diet will help. Heavy, fatty foods do not support the body well in
high heat conditions. Fruits, vegetables, proteins, and starches work best.
Electrolyte solutions help to maintain energy levels Do not drink more electrolyte
solution than water. Avoid taking salt tablets unless directed to do so by your
physician.
Use sunscreen and cover your face and neck from the sun.
Provide shaded areas for mini-breaks, and water stations, as much as possible when
there are no existing shaded structures.
Ensure water breaks during high heat conditions as per project table.
Provide specially marked water barrels containing ice and water for soaking neck
towels, arms, sleeves, bandannas, etc.
Heat Stress Recovery Measures

215
 Page 216 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

30.5 Flag System

A scheme using color coded flags shall be implemented to indicate the level of heat
stress conditions on a given
day. Flags corresponding to the color codes indicated in the table below shall be
installed at several prominent
locations to keep personnel Informed and updated of the heat stress conditions.
HSE Department shall monitor and advice subcontractor of the given heat stress index
throughout the day.
During resting period music is played to guide the workers and implement it
effectively

Heat Stress Prevention Flags

216
 Page 217 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

30.6 Heat Stress Index (General)

Heat Stress Index Table

217
 Page 218 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

31. MANUAL HANDLING

31.1 Responsibilities
MMS Company is responsible for implementing this Procedure accordingly to their
assignment during the execution of the Project.
Superintendent and Supervisor

Ensure that only authorized and properly trained personnel will be engaged to
the works.
Ensure that all the personnel engaged to the works have received adequate PPE
as required by this specification.
Ensure the presence and applicability of an adequate Emergency Plan (included
a rescue procedure) for the activities performed.
Guarantee that will be communicated and emphasized the contents of this
specification during training sessions and safety meeting.
Ensure that the characteristics of working environment are adequate at the kind
of activities that will be performed.
Ensure the filling of the Check List attached to the present specification.
Guarantee that is performed an adequate assessment of the risks related at the
tasks that will be performed.
Guarantee that are put in place the prevention measures for reduce the risk level.
Foremen
Is responsible for the following:

Control that all employees are adequately trained.

Ensure that all the workers wear the provided PPE.
Briefing personnel doing the work about the safe working practices required.
Verify that the contents of this specification have been communicated and
emphasized during training sessions and safety meeting to all employees.
Perform specific toolbox talk in order to prevent actions and behaviors over-
confidence related.

218
 Page 219 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Notify at the Supervisor or Superintendent every condition or behavior that

could be hazardous to health and safety.
verify that the characteristics of working environment are adequate at the
kind of activities that will be performed.
Verify that are put in place the prevention measures for reduce the risk
levels.
Employees
Attend adequate trainings Before enter working area.
Take care of their and others' safety during the work.
Notify the Foreman of any condition or Behavior that can tie potentially
hazardous to health and safety.
Wear and maintain in properly condition the PPE provided to them.
Perform the tasks following the instructions and the correct procedures that
are listed in this specification.
31.2 Safety Precautions for Manual Handling Management on Site
31.2.1 Critical Aspects
Manual handling is a critical activity because involve many different work tasks.
Often the consequences of a wrong manual handling are an occupational illness
back pain related, but sometime a wrong action on manual handling done in some
critical conditions such as working at height or during lifting activity can have as
result a serious injury.
Perform a work of manual handling of loads, as lift push or drag, can cause a
painful injury at the vertebral column, of which are responsible the following
factors:
Individual factors-e.g., age, sex, physical fitness;
Factors related at the physical fatigue of a particular work- e.g., frequency of
repetitive movements which involve the lifting, the transport, etc., static posture.
Organizational factors-e g. management of work systems, as lifting of team.

219
 Page 220 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

31.2.2 Minimum Safety Precaution to Be Respected

As minimum following precautions will be respected:
The use of proper lifting methods is suggested by many experts in the field
of safety and occupation
medicine. The lifting methods and suggestions are general in nature and may not
apply exactly to all lifting tasks since variables such as weight, size and shape of
objects or loads as well as the physical build and strength of the person doing the
lifting must Ise considered. Never underestimate manual lifting activities
especially if in critical conditions such as working at height and a very well-done
work method statement and job safety analysis is required.
Mechanical material handling equipment or aids should always be used,
when possible, to lessen the amount of manual lifting required for a job. The
amount of weight in a single lift should be limited to approximately 50
pounds when working with sacked or bagged chemicals or materials.
Personnel will be aware of the proper methods of lifting and moving heavy
or awkward loads.
Suitable protective clothing to avoid pinching or cutting of hands, injury to
head or feet inhalation of dust, etc. will be worn, as necessary,
31.2.3 The Manual Handling Total Management
In the next sections we are going to consider the manual handling management in
all steps necessary to have a real prevention and control of all accident and
professional illnesses manual handling work related.
Will be identified (also considering accident and near miss recorded) all manual
handling hazards and assessed the identified risks associated to the manual
handling hazards.
Consequently will be developed the control measures and training will be provided
to the staff, ensuring thatadequate records are made and kept of these processes for
monitoring and auditing.

220
 Page 221 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The process followed to manage the manual handling risk will adhere to follow
scheme:

31.3 Risk Related To Manual Handling Of Loads

The risks related to manual handling of loads are principally of4 kinds:
The way of performing work.
Thetype of load handled.
The characteristics of working environment.
The individual characteristics of worker.
221
 Page 222 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

31.4 Risk Factors Resulting From the Way of Performing Work

Bending forward (with a rounding back)
Tuming to the side while trending forward
Holding the load over a shoulder joint with simultaneous bending a torso to the
rear or backwards.
Kneeling or squatting (with rounding back).
WE HAVE TO REMEMBER NOT TO BEND LEGS IN KNEE JOINTS MORE THAN TO
90°

31.5 Risk Factors Resulting from The Type Of Load Handled

Excessive load weight
If the weight of a load Is excessive and beyond human capability, it may pose a serious
health risk. In order to determine the weight of load which can be transported without
causing undesirable health effects, it is advisable to consider not only the weight but
also the frequency of task, the distance of load is to t)e carried, the size of the load,
these can all influence the decision of the risk ofthe action.
Instability of the load
An unstable load may twist around a worker's trunk or bend, it may also cause sudden
need for a worker to change their body posture or to moveto keep their balance.
If the load is too big If the load is too big, can t»e requested to the body an excessive
effort.
If the size of the load is not adjusted to the width or height of premises through which
it is transported and it is restricts visibility, there is an additional risk of collision or
fall.
Unwieldy load
The absence of handles may prove to be dangerous loecause the load may slip out of
the hands, subsequently, if
the edges are sharp and contents dangerous, it may cause other serious injuries.

222
 Page 223 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

31.6 Risk Factors Resulting from the Character of Working Environment

Not enough space for performing tasks (both vertically and horizontally)
Spatial structure of workplace determines position assumed by a worker. If there is
not enough space to move the load, a worker, in order to perform his task, will assume
a forced position which may cause lower back damage.
Uneven, Slippery Surface
Uneven surface on which the load is moved as well as its slipperiness (especially on
construction sites) may cause a risk of accidents.
Too long transporting distance
If the distance over which the load is to be transported is too long, fatigue may be
hastened, especially due to the length of time spent in one posture while working with
the load.
Too high or too low temperature of working environment, insufficient lighting, and
another environment conditions.
The temperature of a working environment mat has an impact on the occurrence of
dangerous situations. Too high a temperature causes excessive palm sweating, which,
in turn, makes it difficult to grasp the load and it is necessary to use greater force to
handle it. Too low a temperature, however, causes stiffening of hands, which also
makes grasping of loads difficult.
31.7 Risk Factors Related to Individual Characteristics of a Worker
The group of factors increasing the risk of musculoskeletal disorders includes:
Reduced physical capability of workers resulting from their health condition,
including e.g., pre-existing movement system disorders, poor fitness resulting
from the lack of physical activity, age-the ability to lift loads is lower for both
the young and the old.
The lack of adequate preparation for the performance of manual handling
activities - resulting from the fact that workers have not been trained in safe
load handling techniques, they do not use handling aids, work organization
proves to be inappropriate.
223
 Page 224 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

31.8 Prevention Activities

Preventive measures will be categorized according with the 9 principles for preventing
occupational risk; these are listed below
Avoid the risks.
Evaluate the risks which cannot be avoided.
Combat the risk at source.
Adapt the work to the individual.
Adapt to technical progress.
Replace a coherent overall prevention policy which covers technology,
organization of work, working conditions, social relationships and the influence
of factors related to the working environment.
Give collective protective measures priority over individual protective
measures
Give appropriate instructions of workers or according to the field’s activity
related to planning, organization of workplace and work, promotion of health
at work.
31.9 Elimination of the Risk
The most effective method of reducing musculoskeletal disorders is to avoid the
manual handling of loads. Such
activities require mechanization or automation of tasks that may require manual
handling.
31.10 Reduction of the Risk
Some manual handling activities may be unavoidable. In such circumstances technical
or organizational measures will be applied to reduce the risk of injury.
Organizational measures might include a change of working methods or sequence,
ordering goods in more handy packaging, guaranteeing optimal rest periods at work.

224
 Page 225 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Reducing sources of danger

A new approach to safety at work involves reduction of danger as early as in the phase
of planning and designing a workplace as an example can be considered the order in
handy packaging of the goods.
Adjustment of a workplace to the needs of a worker
Workplaces will be equipped with ergonomic specially designed tools and equipment
If it is impossible to apply collective measures, individual protection measures will be
used.
Application of new solutions and technologies
The use of handling aids when moving heavy or unwieldy goods e.g., windowpanes,
paving stones, etc., reduces the risk of illness and accident occurrence. Such works
may involve the use of vacuum-based lifting systems, special gripping devices.
Manual grabs and suction caps will be used for relocating smaller objects.
Using auxiliary equipment (grabs) for relocating building materials is recommended
for relieve the employees' musculoskeletal system
Application of the correct procedures of manual handling in the application of the
manual handling procedure, will be considered the following principles.
The level of stress of the back increases with increasing distance between the object and the body.

225
 Page 226 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

In the planning of tasks is important to avoid stretching, warping, twisting, bending

and awkward postures or movements, as well as the obstacles.

The best height for storage is between the position

of the mid-thigh and the height of the chest of
workers. the lighter elements stored above or
below this region

226
 Page 227 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Negative effects of manual handling

Following a sample of effects in case of lack of application of the above procedures
Costs to the worker:
Worsening health condition.
Lower efficiency and poor quality of work.
A threat to material situation of a worker and his family;
Suffering;
Disability;
Social isolation.
Costs to the employer:
Lower efficiency and poor quality of work by affected workers;
More frequent absenteeism of workers at work.
Costs of sick leave.
Organizational problems-lack of qualified staff.
Costs of training of new staff.
Costs of accidents at work.
Loss of time-loss of profits.

227
 Page 228 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Replacement of dangerous aspects of work with more safety

Generating and cumulating of a worker's fatigue belong to dangerous aspects of work.
One basic method of preventing this phenomenon is introduction of proper intervals
in the workplace. The situation is optimal when a worker can regulate the pace of
work himself and have brakes whenever he feels tired.
This, however, is not always possible e.g., during operation of lifting devices.
When determining the lengths of intervals at work one should consider the following:
Introduction of additional intervals at work is advisable in case there exists a
straining factor of higher than medium intensity.
The more strenuous and onerous work is, the sooner the first interval should
take place.
During afternoon and nights shifts there should be more intervals than during
the morning shift.
Intense pace of work should overlap with more frequent intervals.
Instructing workers
Training a worker in the proper use of lifting aids and manual handling techniques
enhances his or her knowledge and helps them realize the dangers and develop a
proper attitude during work.
Moreover, a worker should be informed about the features of materials to be handled
(e.g., weight, Centre of gravity), ergonomic requirements as well as of occupational
risk assessment results and safety measures against injuries.
Promoting health at the workplace
While promoting health, employers should aim at changing the behaviors of workers
who handle loads.
Moreover, they should encourage workers to quit smoking tobacco, reduce excess
weight. Working environment should be free from discrimination, adopted procedures
should eliminate bullying and work itself should not induce stress. Promotion of health
should result in what is perhaps best described by the slogan.

228
 Page 229 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32. PERMIT TO WORK (PTW) SYSTEM

A work permit authorizes specific works to be conducted in a restricted area. This
serves as a record that steps have been taken to ensure safe working conditions in the
area.
32.1 General Requirements
Work Permits shall be obtained by CONTRACTOR in accordance with:
SAUDI ARAMCOGI 2.100, Work Permit or
Chapter 1-4, Work Permit System, of the SAUDI ARAMCO Construction
Safety Manual (CSM)
For any WORK to be carried out during each shift in any SAUDI ARAMCO specified
"Restricted Area" or as may be required by the Company Representative System.
Alternatively, Contractor shall use the Permit to Work system as specified below, in
compliance with the following:
ISO 45001:2018.
OSHA29CFR 1910 OSHA29CFR 1926
32.2. Scope and Purpose
The purpose of this document is to ensure that a safe working environment is achieved
by providing management control over the various work activities, which may be
potentially hazardous, within the designated areas known as Construction Areas.
All activities will also be controlled by Method Statement and Job Safety Analysis.
This specification defines the administration arrangements of the Permit to Work
System only for the Construction phase and will not be used for the Commissioning
phase.
The following work permit specification will be applied during the Construction for
the work activities carried out in the areas under the direct responsibility and control
of Contractor.

229
 Page 230 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.3. Definition and abbreviations

Permit To Work Written permission given to carry out work
(PTW)
Certificates Additional form to be issued together with the Permit to
Work for some following specific works in order to better
identify and manage their related
risks
Issuing Authority The person appointed, authorized and trained who is
responsible for reviewing the submitted Permit,
confirming that no conflict exists with other Permits and
authorize the work under the implementation of the
required dispositions
Originating Authority The person appointed, authorized and trained who applies
for a Permit and completes the Permit with the related
certificates, accepting the permit
requires.
Operating Authority The person appointed, authorized and trained
responsibilities for supervising the work group carrying
out the task and will hold as minimum supervisory grade.
Performing Authority The person appointed, authorized and trained responsible
to lead the work group carrying out the task.
Permit To Work Person of HSE Department, who Is appointed, authorized
Coordinator (PTWC) and trained in order to coordinate the process of all
Permits, to identify potentially conflicting work tasks,
both on a geographical and time basis.
Employees all Contractors', subcontractors', vendors' and client's
employees who are Included In the organization list
Cold Work work which will not Involve the use of naked flames or
produce any source of Ignition
Hot Work any job, wherein the heat generated Is of sufficient
magnitude and Intensity to cause Ignition of any
flammable liquids, gases or any other material; (common
sources of Ignition are Internal combustion engines, gas
cutting torches, welding machines, non-flame proof
electrical equipment, grinders, annealing blankets. Jack
hammers, etc.).
230
 Page 231 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Radiography Work a work involving use of radioactive source

Competent person Person capable of Identifying existing and predictable
hazards in the surroundings or working conditions which
are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees and
who has authorization to take prompt
corrective measures to eliminate them.
Confined space A space that:
(1) Is large enough and so configured that an employee
can bodily enter and perform assigned work; and
(2) Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (for
example, tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers,
vaults, and pits are spaces that may have limited means of
entry.); and
(3) Is not designed for continuous employee occupancy.
Electrical Work A Job on any electrical equipment or system.

Excavation Work Any man-made cut, cavity, trench, or depression in an

earth surface, formed by earth removal.
Grating/Handrail Any work that requires to remove Handrails or a hole
Removal & Open hole cover or guard from horizontal or vertical element of the
structure.
Designated areas Particular places (normally sheltered) In Sites, Vessels,
Rig plants, where the PTW System may be applied or
avoided up to Project's procedures and Risk Assessment.
Authorized Gas Tester The competent person responsible to conduct gas testing
before work commence.
Stand by man / Fire he competent person responsible to ensure that safe
Watch conditions are maintained during the specific work
activities and keep in condition continuous, though not
necessarily constant, communication with the entrants.
Electrical Competent The person appointed, authorized and trained responsible
Person to authorize any electrical work.

231
 Page 232 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.4 Roles and Responsibilities

Construction Manager
The Construction Manager (CM) will ensure the effective administration of this
procedure within Construction site activities and will ensure that this procedure is
properly implemented at site.
The Construction Manager (CM) ensures that all works included in the following list
are carried out under the controls of Permit to Work System.
Further to this the Contractor Construction Manager (CM)will:
Ensure that sufficient funds and recourses are made available to ensure the
continuity of this procedure for the duration of the works.
Ensure the proper coordination of construction activities between Contractor
and subcontractors.
Ensure that all concerned personnel have read and understood this procedure.
Ensure training is given to all persons requiring to use a Permit to Work.
Ensure that adequate facilities and means are in place for the implementation of
this procedure.
Appoint a Permit to Work Coordinator (PTWC) in order to ensure that the
coordination of permits is administered correctly.
Nominate and approve the personnel nominated (also by the subcontractors) as
signatories of the Permit to Work.
Identify and communicate in writing the personnel authorized to sign the work
permit such as Originating Authority, Operating Authority and Performing
Authority.
Verify that the subcontractor is providing the correct information and
equipment for the scope of work.

232
 Page 233 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Project HSE Manager (PHSEM)

The Project HSE Manager (PHSEM)will:

Ensure that all necessary support, advice and guidance is made available to
Enable this procedure to be properly implemented.
Ensure adequate training to all personnel involved in this procedure.
Ensure that suitable and sufficient inspections and audits are carried out.
Evaluate the effectiveness of this procedure and change amend as is required or
becomes necessary to achieve its purpose.
Advise Project and Site Management of any irregularities or areas of concern
in order to investigate and to implement corrective actions.
Maintain an updated list of Permit signatories and inform all involved parties.
Permit to Work Coordinator (PTWC)
Assure that all work permit signature flows are in place and persons signing
have passed the required Permit to Work training
Verify that the correct work permit is going to be issued for each activity;
Check that all documentation required as job safety analysis is attached to the
work permit.
Assist Project HSE Manager (PHSEM) in all improving activities
Verify and Submit to Site Engineer and PHSEM any condition that can generate
an interference between activities that require PTW in order to receive their
disposition or approval.
Stop some work permit if required by Construction Manager (CM)or Project
HSE Manager (PHSEM).
Cancel all Permit to work within the area during emergency situation according
to the ERP.

233
 Page 234 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Employees

All employees will comply with the requirements of the Permit to Work Procedure.

Any person found to be in breach of the procedure or deviates from any written
Instruction will be subject to disciplinary action, which may lead to dismissal and
action being taken against the individual under the current local Legislation.

All employees are empowered to STOP work If it is noticed that safety is

compromised, or an Imminent danger is observed.

32.5 Permit to Work System Workflow

32.5.1 Workflow description

Each permit will be completed according to the workflow detailed below.

This workflow procedure will be applied during the construction phase of the project
activity through the following steps:

The Originator ask for the Validation of the PTW filling up the PTW form(s).
Including certificates and details showing the equipment, description, location
and date and estimated duration of work.
The PTW Coordinator, verified the completeness of the forms filling, convene
the PTW Coordination meeting.
During the Permit to Work Coordination Meeting, the involved personnel
analyze the general permit status, specifying the safety equipment that will be
used and defines any special applicable Instruction; (Note: The Issuing
Authority should cross check whether all requirements are fulfilled In site

234
 Page 235 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

before signing the permit), identify any potential conflicting activities and
decide the Interferences managing strategies;
The authorized Issuing Authority examines existing permits for revalidation
and supervision and receive notifications of just closed PTW.
the authorized Issuing Authority and FHSEM or his designee validates and
approves the new PTWs and the attached Certificates
The PTW Coordinator distribute copies of new permit to Involved parties to
carry out the defined work task and also required by the contract.
Operator (Operating Authority) carrying out all preliminary checks required by
the Issuing Authority and will sign the PTW to verify that all requirements have
been met and that the work area is in a safe condition for the work to commence;
Performer (Performing Authority) acknowledge the authorization by signing
the PTW, carries out and supervise the works in compliance with the relevant
permit prescription; once completed such activities
Informs the Operating Authority for the last check and acceptance of the area;
The Permit to work is revalidated on dally basis of the validity of the PTW by
the Operating authority, safety office and performing authority before work
starts.
Operating authority notify to PTW coordinator the permit closure for filing and
recording.

235
 Page 236 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

236
 Page 237 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.5.2 Originating authority(originator)

The position of Originating Authority is the responsibility of the Discipline Engineer
who is in charge of the scope of work to be executed.
The Discipline Engineer will complete the description of the work to be carried out
supplying all relevant information inclusive of drawings method statements and risk
assessments in support of the permit application.
The Originating Authority of the Work Permit has the following responsibilities:
To instruct the Operating Authority (Operator) of the permit requirements and
ensure that the Operating Authority has enough information and resource to
perform the work safely.
To ensures that the Operating Authority understands what, where, and how the
work have to be performed.
To ensure compliance with the conditions stipulated on the permit.
Verify that the Performing Authority supervises the work group and is satisfied
that the persons carrying out the work use the proper tools and equipment for
the job.
Verify that the Performing Authority informs the work group of the safe
working practices.
To inform PTW Coordinator and Issuing Authority of any changes in the
condition of the job or the surrounding area, or of any delay in starting the work,
so as not to infringe upon any safety factors.
Notify the PTW Coordinator/Issuing Authority upon completion of the work.
32.5.3 PTW coordinator
The Permit Coordinator, nominated by the Construction Manager, also within the HSE
dept., in writing form, has the responsibility of ensuring that all permits to work are
managed according with this specification and all the interfering works properly
examined in order to manage the related risks.
Additionally, the PTW Coordinator will:
Ensure that all Permits to Work are submitted one time for entry into the system.

237
 Page 238 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Ensure that Permit to Work is correctly completed (included signatures) and all
relevant controls certificate requests are added.
Permit to Work is properly distributed to the interested parties as indicated;
understand the scope and the details of execution of the work.
Suspend the Permit to Work at any time if the Permit to Work conditions are
not complied with.
Collect the PTWs received by Operating Authority and update a PTW register.
32.5.4 PTW coordination meeting
The objectives of this coordination meeting are:
To provide the overview of all on-going and planned work under the control of
the Permit to Work System.
Analyze the general permit status.
Specify the safety equipment that will be used and defines any special
applicable HSE instruction.
To identify any potential conflicting activities, both geographically (i.e., across
other work) or on a time basis (activities which may start later).
To agree new permits.
To ensure revalidation of existing permits and officially dose the old ones.

The date, time and place (schedule) of this coordination meeting will be defined at
Site by the Construction Manager (CM). As minimum the meeting will be attended
by the Permit Coordinator and the Issuing / Validating Authority.
Further attendees, for example technical support. Contractor and subcontractors,
construction Manager and/ or contractor Field HSE coordinator, Subcontractors HSE
Manager will e present if requested.

238
 Page 239 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.5.5 issuing Authority

No work can commence without the Issuing Authorities signature. The Construction
Manager may designate persons other than himself to approve Permits to Work.

This role will be held by a person with the minimum management level of
Superintendent and will sign the Permit to Work as Issuing Authority.

In this case, the Construction Manager will ensure that there are sufficient signatory's
onsite to fulfil the role of approving the Permit to Work.

Designation will be made in writing and informed to the Field HSE Coordinator,
Permit Coordinator and all relevant permit signatories.

CM maintain, in any case, the responsibility of the appointing the Issuing Authority.

The Issuing Authority of the Permit to Work has the following responsibilities.
To check the presence, completeness and reliability of the submitted forms
To specify the required worksite HSE precautions and controls.
To detail required safety equipment;
To identify any worksite preparation requirements, if deemed necessary.
Approve and authorize the issuing of PTW.

32.5.6 Operating authority (operator)

The Operating Authority is responsible for carrying out all preliminary checks
required by the Issuing Authority and will sign the Permit to Work to verify that all
requirements have been met and that the work area is in a safe condition for the work
to commence.

239
 Page 240 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The Operating Authority is nominated by the Construction Manager, in writing form.

Additionally, the Operating Authority will.

Check that all signatories have signed the Permit to Work before let start the
job.
Check that Certificates (attached to Permits as required) for Confined Space
Work, Excavation, Grating/Handrail Removal & Open Hole and Electrical
Works are duly signed off by authorized engineers before work commence.
Ensure the necessary checks have been satisfactorily executed before signing
the permit to work.
Ensure that all instructions training has been given to the work party prior to
the work commencing.
Ensure that Gas Test have been completed by an Authorized Gas Tester as
required by the Permit and results properly reported on the Certificate.
Inform the PTW Coordinator/Issuing Authority about any delay or modify in
the work commence respect the planned agrees.
Inspect the worksite periodically to ensure there is no change in condition.
Suspend the work immediately if there is any breach of this procedure or change
in conditions and to notify PTW Coordinator/Issuing Authority for the reason;
Ensure a good standard of housekeeping is maintained during the work and that
all equipment is removed upon completion;
Inform the PTW Coordinator/Issuing Authority of any change in the working
conditions of the surrounding areas in the vicinity of the working area.
Check the area and notify the PTW Coordinator/Issuing Authority upon the
completion of work approving the effective closure of the work and sign for
acceptance.
Note: If is foreseen that there will be more than one area operator, because as the
works progress and as the work activities increase, then the Construction Manager
(CM) may decide to nominate Operating Authorities by discipline, for example
Electrical Operating Authority, Piping Operating Authority, Mechanical Operating
Authority may also be possible to divide the site into different areas as the works again

240
 Page 241 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

progress, so the number of controlled areas increase, in this case Operating Authorities
will be nominated for each additional area.
32.5.7 Performing authority(performer)

The Performing Authority is the person responsible for supervising the work group
carrying out the job according to the requirements of the PTW and will hold as a
minimum the supervisory grade or Foreman.

The Performing Authority is not entitled to start any job without previous approval of
the Permit to Work by both Issuing Authority and Operating Authority

The Performing Authority is allowed maximum of Three (3 Permit to work, restricted

to a particular work location where adequate supervision of his crew is guaranteed.

Moreover, the Performing Authority is responsible to:

Ensure the work group performing the work is fully briefed (usually by means
of dedicated toolbox meetings, based the JSA attached the PTW and, in any
case, talking about the specific risks of the activity carried out).
Ensure that they have clearly understood instructions given, including the scope
of their activity and the relevant risks.
Using proper tools and equipment for the safe execution of the job.
Ensure the worksite is left in a safe and tidy condition.
Remain at the worksite until the completion of the task.

After signing the Permit to Work the Performing Authority will ensure that all copies
of the Permit to Work are correctly distributed and that a copy is retained and posted
at the work site. In the simplest organizations the Performing Authority can be
represented by the Originating Authority.
241
 Page 242 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.5.8 HSE Department and Authorized Gas Testers

Although there is no direct HSE Authority as permit signatory, there are roles that are
required to ensure that all safety controls are in place.

It is envisaged that for the majority of permits, that this role will be fulfilled by a
Safety Supervisor or Officer whilst carrying out permit audits.

For activities, including Hot Work and Entry Work there will be the necessity for
condition monitoring to be performed as part of the Permit to Work control; this will
be performed by Authorized Gas Testers, and designated Standby persons.

Authorized Gas Tester:

Authorized Gas Tester is responsible for ensuring that the necessary condition
monitoring is carried out within the specified time limits and a record of the results is
marked upon the Permit to Work.

The Authorized Gas Tester will be assigned to verify the testing has been done, will
be nominated by CM and formally trained and competent in carrying out the gas test.

A list of Authorized Gas testers will be submitted also to the Project HSE Manager
and Permit Coordinator.

** Gas Testing Procedure

Before entry, it is necessary to test the atmosphere in the confined space for oxygen
levels, flammability, and/or any contaminants that have a potential to be present in
that confined space and obtain the required "Permit to Work" in order to ensure the
absence of Hazardous Atmosphere as defined in this specification.

242
 Page 243 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Testing will tie performed by a Competent Person, expert in use of the equipment
which has been approved in such areas.
The testing equipment will be checked (following the manufacturer's recommended
procedures) before each use, to ensure it is working and properly calibrated
Testing of the confined spaces will be conducted throughout the entire portion of the
space that workers will occupy during the entry; this testing will be done without the
use of ventilation systems.
Where the entry is vertical into the confined space, it is recommended that remote
probes be used to measure the atmosphere at various levels; this practice is necessary
because some gases and vapors are lighter or heavier than air and can accumulate at
different levels in the confined space.
Will be also tested outside the confined space to make sure the surrounding air is not
contaminated. If "Test Result "concludes that the atmospheric condition of the
confined space is unacceptable, entry is prohibited until such conditions are brought
into acceptable limits.
Hot work is not permitted if the atmosphere is above 0% LEL.
Work is not permitted if the atmosphere has an oxygen (02) concentration
above 23.5%.
Work is not permitted in areas where the atmosphere is at or above 10% LEL
or hydrogen sulphide (H2S)concentration is at or above 100 parts per million
(ppm).
Confined space entry is not permitted if the atmosphere is at or above 10%
LEL, H2S concentration is at or above 100 ppm or carbon monoxide
(CO)concentration is at or above 1,000 ppm.

243
 Page 244 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

A breathing apparatus (e.g., self-contained breathing apparatus [SCBA]) shall

tie used and escalated approval required if:
a. O2 concentration is below 20.0%.
b. Flammable/combustible mixtures are at or above 5% LEL
c. H2S concentration is at or above 10 ppm.
d. CO concentration is at or above 35- 1,000 ppm.
The proponent organization division head must sign applicable work permits
when H2S concentration is at or above 10 ppm and below 100 ppm, or 02
concentration is below 20.0%.

These remediation activities will be done by purging, inerting, flushing, or ventilating

the space.

Purging refers to the method by which gases, vapors, or other airborne impurities are
displaced from a confined space.

The confined space may also be made non-flammable, non-explosive or otherwise

chemically non-reactive by displacing or diluting the original atmosphere with steam
or gas that is non-reactive with respect to that space, a process referred to as "inerting".

Entry Supervisor

The authorized Competent Person, as defined in this specification, who authorizes or

is in charge at a Permit Required Confined Space entrance is responsible for the
following:

Make sure that all pre-entry requirements, as outlined on the permit, have been
completed before any worker is allowed to enter the confined space.

244
 Page 245 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Make sure that all required pre-entry conditions have been met.
Make sure that the rescue team is available for the duration of the activity.
Make sure that any communication equipment which would be used to summon
either the in-plant rescue
Team or other emergency assistance is operating correctly.
Terminate the entry upon becoming aware of a condition or set of conditions
whose hazard potential exceeds the limits authorized by the entry permit.

Before entry begins shall sign the entry permit to authorize entry.

Note: Training required for entry supervisor is confined Space entry (Level 2:
Supervisor) with reference to the training Metrix.

Stand-by Man/Fire Watcher:

For any activity that require an immediate action in case of emergency and/or
performed in a confined space, a Stand-by man/Fire Watcher' will be assigned.

32.5.9 Minimum Acceptance for Permit Signatories

The key steps of validating, issuing, accepting, and endorsing, of permits is done by
persons who has been assessed as competent.

Permit signatories are those who have had sufficient training and experience and have
been dully authorized as those permit signatories by the construction manager of the:

Permit Coordinator.
Issuing Authority.
Operating Authority.
Receiving Authority.

245
 Page 246 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Performing Authority.
Stand- by Man/Fire Watcher.

It is essential for example that a signatory fully understands the requirement; the
following table indicates minimum acceptable level for permit to work signatories.

MMS Matrix of Permit to Work Authorization and Receipt for Permits to be

used in MMS Controlled Area
Issuing Authority Minimum level Minimum level Minimum level Validating of
for Originating for Operating for Performing PTW
Authority Authority Authority
Construction Discipline Discipline Validating of the
Manager or His/ Construction/ Construction/ permit to work
Her Delegate (at Commissioning Commissioning Foreman will be marked
least a Discipline Engineer Supervisor upon the permit
Superintendent) and is
unconditional.

32.6 Types of Permits

The present procedure considers following permits and certificates
Cold Work Permit ^ Hot Work Permit
Radiography Work Permit Confined Space Permit
Excavation Work Permit
Grating/Handrail Removal & Open Hole Permit
Hazardous Energy Isolation Certificate & Lock Out-Tag Out
Note: Hazardous Energy Isolation Certificate & Lock Out-Tag Out. signed by
authorized engineers, must always be combined with Work Permit.

246
 Page 247 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.6.1 Cold work Permit

The Cold Work Permit will be utilized for activities requiring a Permit to Work,
other than those capable of generating or using sources of ignition
The Cold Work Permit will be issued as a minimum, but not exhaustively for
following activities.
Scaffold erection and dismounting.
Critical lifting
Lifting operation over living lines
Installation of life-line and/or retractable ant fallen system
Working on MEWP (mobile elevator working platform)
Temporary closure of site roads
For work activities using of hazardous substances such as painting or
blasting operation
To permit any work in an area classified as 'toxic area" with the potential
presence of hazardous gases from a neighbor hazardous plant to the
brownfield area
pressure testing (e.g., hydro testing; pneumatic test).
etc.
The Cold Work Permit has the facility to be validated for a period of 14 consecutive
days.
Revalidation of any Permit to Work will remain at the discretion of the Construction
Manager and only if all Permit Signatories are in agreement, that there is no significant
change in condition, changes in work schedule or there is no significant changes in
personnel.
Permits to Work will clearly specify the particular equipment and the construction
area involved the extent of work allowed, the conditions to tie observed and the
duration of the permit.

247
 Page 248 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.6.2 Hot work Permit

A Hot Work Permit is mandatory for any work involving the use of naked flame,
ignition source capable of igniting flammable gases, volatile liquids or other materials.
The Hot Work Permit has the facility to be validated for a period of 7 consecutive
days' subject to the site condition are not changed.
32.6.3 Confined Space Permit
The Confined Space Permit is required for any entry into a confined space as
defined in this section in order to controls the entry of persons into a confined
space.
Entry into confined spaces is subject to special requirements being put into
place prior work to the commencement work especially gas test should be
carried out by an authorized gas tester.
This will include but not limited to:
Continuous monitoring of the atmospheric conditions,
Presence of a Safety Watch Person;
Use of appropriate personal protective equipment including respiratory
protection equipment as applicable
Emergency Escape Plan.
Copy of the signed work permit shall be in the possession of the site team at
the job site for the duration of the job. so that it is available for inspection and
cancellation rf necessary.
A confined space entry plan and confined space entry log are mandatory
attachments for all CSE permits.
Blinding or disconnect are the only acceptable methods of isolation for
confined space entry.
Presence of fire watch if it is required (fire watch employee name and
employee number shall be indicated In the CSE Certificate).
For others and more detailed disposition about Confined Spaces refer to the
Construction Manual Specification
"Confined Spaces"

248
 Page 249 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.6.4 Excavation Work Permit

The Excavation PTW is mandatory to be issued whenever an excavation work has to
be performed. In presence of underground utilities and when, due to the soil
characteristics there is an high risk of walls collapse, the concerning Discipline
Superintendent shall fill in all the due information. This PTW together with supporting
documentation such as Method Statement, RA/JSA, sketches and drawings, shall be
duly authorized before to commence the work.
32.6.5 Grating/handrail Removal & Open Hole Permit
This Permit will be used for any activity which consists in doing any modification or
removal of grating and/or handrail, or the opening of any kind of hole.
This Permit should be submitted with supporting documentation such as sketches,
drawings and method statements and duly authorized before to commence the work.
32.6.6 Hazardous Energy Isolation Certificate & Lock Out-Tag Out
This Certificate will be used in conjunction with the Permit to Work (both Cold and
Hot), for any activity to be carried out on live electrical equipment or plant.
The Electrical Competent Person should complete this form and demonstrate that all
necessary isolations have been made and that the system or plant is safe to be worked
on.
The electrical work certificate will be utilized when an energization or de-energization
operation should tie carried out.
The Electrical Work Certificate will tie issued as a minimum, but not exhaustively for
following activities:
Any activity on a live electrical equipment.
Connection to the electrical supply.
Inside Areas electrically classified
To carry out any Isolation/lock-out/tag-out.
Lock Out -Tag out.
De-energization (Isolation) may be required prior to installation, inspection, repair,
cleaning or dismantling.
249
 Page 250 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Where a job involves isolation of equipment, there should always be a work permit
for the job and a lockout and
tag-out procedure should be followed.
A lockout generally involves in:
Stopping all energy flows (for example, by tuning off switches or valves on
supply lines.
Locking switches and valves.
Securing the machine, device or power transmission line in de-energizer state.
Isolation can be Mechanical or Electrical
Mechanical and Electrical isolation may be required to immobilize machinery or to
protect personnel working in electrical equipment; situations involving isolation
including rotating machinery and machinery with moving parts and entry into vessel
which contain stirrers or agitators.
Execution of Electrical de-energization
Electrical isolation should be performed only by a competent electrical engineer
Energization may be required for executing pre-commissioning electrical test. Where
a job involves temporary
energization, there should always be a work permit for the Job and a power on and
power off procedure should be followed:
The padlock has to be provided with a tag reporting:
ID number as recorded in the isolation logbook.
Date and time of lock out.
Name and signature of the individual who installed the padlock and the reason
of the installation.
Warning tags has to be properly secured with wire to the isolation points to
ensure the same does not fall off.

250
 Page 251 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

If the equipment is provided with an electrical isolation facility available on the field
(e.g, start stop botton or other switchgear) then the Competent Electrical Engineer
should attempt electrical start test in the field.
This Is to ensure that the equipment is no longer live and to verify that the electrical
isolation is effective. The Competent Electrical Engineer then, will fit a second
numbered padlock, together with a "Danger; Do Not Operate" tag, to the local
electrical isolation point.
In situation where it is not possible to lockout or chain off an isolating device, isolation
may be accomplished by removal of fuses, disconnection of electrical cables or
physical removal of a component of the system supplying energy to the equipment.
The point of physical interruption will be identified with a dedicated tag.

251
 Page 252 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

If other organizations or individuals working on equipment will also install their locks
and tags at locations have to be fit; in that case, multiply lockout clips (Hasps) will be
used if necessary. When all padlocks will be removed Energization vmII be possible.

The Competent Electrical Engineer will report all actions on the substation logbook
for record purpose.
As a general rule other discipline engineers cannot interfere with any electrical
isolation work to t)e executed inside the substation for safety reasons and notxjdy
(with the only exception of the Competent Electrical Engineer) can take or keep the
padlock keys for their scopes.
Project HSE Manager should hold spare keys for all Lock Outs; this ensures no keys
will go missing, if the Permit to Work Coordinator controls them.
Execution of Temporary Energization.
After receiving the Electrical certification in which the ENERGIZATION is required,
the Competent Electrical Engineer will proceed to energize the equipment.
The following procedure covers the energization for safe execution of the pre-
commissioning electrical tests.
If a padlock and a tag are installed (to show that the switchgear is isolated), the
Competent Electrical Engineer will remove both of them. The Competent Electrical
Engineer will give power to the equipment.

252
 Page 253 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

As soon as the equipment is energized the Component Electrical Engineer will hang
a tag 'IN SERVICE" close to the switchgear.

32.7 Accompanying Certification for Permit to Work

The more information there is to support a permit to work the more safety factors can
be considered or put in place to make the job safer.
Therefore, it is important to submit supporting documents in the form of site layout
drawings, equipment drawings,
etc. with the certificate.
This is especially important when trying to locate underground services etc.
Failure to provide these documents may result in an application being rejected.
32.8 Permit Issuance and Duration
Any Originating Authority requiring permit to work must submit their request to PTW
Coordinator at least one working day prior to the commencement of the work.

253
 Page 254 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

If any conditions required by the work permit cannot be met, the permit is to be
withdrawn by the Issuing Validating Authority and the work must not be allowed,
until remedial actions have been taken.
If the work extends beyond the stated validity period, then the permit is to be returned
to the Issuing/Validating Authority and the work suspended until the extension has
been authorized.
he requirement for a Permit to Work inside the Contractor controlled area will remain
at the discretion of the Issuing Validating Authority.
The Permit to Work can be invalidated under any of the following conditions:
Two hours or more pass between the preliminary tests and the start of the work
(the maximum acceptable delay will be anyway evaluated based on the specific
conditions by the Competent Gas Tester).
For gas testing in confined spaces, the maximum time between the gas test and
the entry / work commencement exceeds 30 minutes (the maximum acceptable
delay will be anyway evaluated based on
The specific conditions by the Competent Gas Tester).
The conditions on the permit are not complied with.
Area or unit conditions change, e.g., venting or spillages of hazardous materials
occurred, etc.
Plant fire & gas / emergency alarm is released.
Work is carried over to the next shift; in this case the Permit to Work can be
renewed; the renewal will be done before the next shift is starting its activity.
2.9. Permit Closure
The Permit to Work will be considered closed when the Operating Authority signs the
completion section of the Permit to Work (after receiving the subcontractor
confirmation on the Permit to Work that the work is complete) and the PTW is brought
back to the PTW Coordinator.

254
 Page 255 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Acceptance of this signature is conditioned to:

Completion of the work according to the instructions;

The cleanliness of work area, including the removal of all the work equipment.

Reinstallation of all safety conditions.

32.10. Layout and Color of Permits

he Permits to Work are in A4 format and for visibility purposes, to aid identification

of documents, different colors are used on the border of Permits as per Figure below.

Permit and Certificate Identification Color Codes

255
 Page 256 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.11 Permit and certificate validity and endorsement periods

To ensure that precautions required for tasks of a long duration are reviewed regularly,
limits are set on the validity periods that Contractor Permit Coordinators may set for
Permits
Document Validity Periods Endorsement Periods
Cold Work Permit 14 consecutive (calendar) days Daily
(12 hours or 1 shift)
Hot Work Permit 14 consecutive (calendar) days Daily
(12 hours or 1 shift)
Confined Space Permit 14 consecutive (calendar) days Daily
(12 hours or 1 shift)
Excavation Work Permit 14 consecutive (calendar) days Daily
(12 hours or 1 shift)
Grating/Handrail Removal 14 consecutive (calendar) days Daily
and Open Hole (12 hours or 1 shift)
Hazardous Energy Isolation 14 consecutive (calendar) days Daily
Certificate & Lock Out- (12 hours or 1 shift)
Tag Out Certificate
Permit and Certificate validity and endorsement periods
32.12 Permit to work procedure auditing and review
The objective is to periodically review and monitor the effectiveness and the
application of this procedure. The site will prepare an annual program of monthly
compliance checks; the program will:
Identify those who will participate as lead auditors and audit team members.
Have a minimum of one audit each month;
Include all types of supporting Permits and Certificates.
Include all areas of the site where the Permit to Work Procedure applies.
Check that Permits are being displayed correctly in the Contractor Permit Coordinator
Office.
Confirm that the Permit to Work authorization register is up to date.
check that the Permits archiving is being done.
Check by reviewing previous incident report statistics, that any incidents involving
Permits have been reviewed for potential impact on the Permit to Work Procedure.
A standard audit summary form will be provided and the Construction Manager
through the FHSEM is responsible for producing the action plan resulting from the
audit.
256
 Page 257 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

2.13 Emergency response

Should any situation on site arise where there is a risk to personnel then the work will
cease immediately and the response taken will be in accordance with the Contractor
Emergency Response Plan.
32.14 Attachment 1 - Cold Work Permit Form

257
 Page 258 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

AUTHORIZATION SIGNATURES
Date Time SUBCONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR CONTRACTOR
Performing Authority Operating Authority HSE
Signature Signature Signature

258
 Page 259 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.15 Attachment 2 - Hot Work Permit Form

259
 Page 260 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

260
 Page 261 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Attachment3 - Confined Space Entry Work Permit - Certificate

261
 Page 262 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.16 Attachment4 - Excavation Work Permit Form - Certificate

262
 Page 263 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

263
 Page 264 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32.17 Attachments - Certificate Form Grating/Handrail Removal& Open Hole-

Certificate

264
 Page 265 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

265
 Page 266 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

32,18 Attachments - ELECTRICAL CERTIFICATE

266
 Page 267 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

33. Site Preparation

Preparing a site for construction is the first and important step in the process of
construction activity.
As part of this process, the potential hazards that can be encountered on site,
movement/removal of earth for the purpose of levelling, compacting, boring and
creating any graded area required as a working place for civil activities, protection of
machinery and equipment, control of ignition sources, storage of flammable and
combustible materials, housekeeping, staff training and end-of-shift checks will be, as
reference, taken into account.
The purpose of this specification is to define the safe practices and actions required
to control the Site Preparation activities.
Contractor will ensure that all Site Preparation work will be carried out in
compliance with all applicable Local.
Government safety and environmental regulations and contractual HSE
Guidelines/Procedures at all time.
33.1 Roles and Responsibilities
MMS is responsible for implementing this Procedure accordingly to their assignment
during the execution of the Project, particularly:
Civil Work Superintendent
The Civil Work Superintendent in charge of the work will carry out the following
activities:
Prior to any levelling, boring, grading and backfilling works began, a survey of
the area will be carried out to establish the presence of any underground
utilities.
Identify the presence of any overhead lines and other obstructions.
Establish ground conditions, e.g., the type of ground involved, clay, sand etc.,
compaction qualities and water table.
Identify the need for any permits that are required in the area and arrange for
them.

267
 Page 268 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Brief the Subcontractor carrying out the work of any adjacent operations that
may impact on the work, the presence of overhead and underground utilities.
Coordinates Subcontractors, in order to avoid works interferences.
Verify the fulfilment by the Subcontractors of all the applicable safety rules.

Civil Works Supervisors

Supervisors are responsible for the following.

Briefing personnel doing the work following the safe working practices
required.
Application of any required work permits;
Verify that equipment to carrying out the work safely has been maintained
and certified for use on the project.
Ensure that working area is adequately identified and cordoned by means
of barriers, flashing lights and warning signs.
Ensure that not authorized persons will be kept away from the working
areas.
Notify the Civil Work Superintendent of any unmarked utilities found
Constantly ensure safe access and egress for the working area.
Provide fully equipped First-aid Boxes for each working crew if a site
medical facility is not available.

HSE Representatives:
HSE representatives are responsible for the following:
Monitor the implementation of this procedure.
verify the HSE requirements during site preparation.

268
 Page 269 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

33.2 Description of Safety Precautions During the Activity

33.2.f Personnel Induction and Control
Everybody who enters on site will be inducted before beginning to work.
Control of people operating on plant and drivers will be mandatory to ensure that only
authorized people who have been included on site rules are operating plant and
machinery.
33.2.2 Preparation
Before starting any levelling work, the following actions will be carried out:
The ground conditions will be determined by predetermined soil analysis,
boreholes or trial pits.
Hand digging requirements will be establish^ for exposing existing utilities if
any.
Availability and readiness of the temporary dumping areas and borrow pits will
be ensured.
Traffic reducing measures will be implemented in order to avoid roads
congestion due to the heavy equipment use.
33.2.3 Execution of the Work
During the process of earth removal or backfilling the following safe working
procedures will be followed.
Personnel will be kept clear from the range of the machinery whilst it is in
operation, at least minimum distance of 5 meters.
Maximum speed allowed will be in compliance with the site traffic rules
and, in any case, during the site preparation works, max 20 km/h for the
heavy equipment inside the working areas.
Barriers and signs will be erected to keep unauthorized personnel at a safe
distance.
Barriers (e.g., jersey) to protect vulnerable structures such as excavations
and scaffolds will be erected; trucks used for the removal of soil will be
controlled and sited by a banks man.

269
 Page 270 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Personnel engaged in hand digging operations will be briefed on the actions

to be taken when uncovering marker tiles, cables, pipework etc.,
Soil will be stacked in the dedicated dumping area and compacted.
Any trench, hole or deep excavation will be properly signaled and
barricaded.
33.2.4 Backfill and Compaction
Backfill and Compaction operations will be carried out in accordance with the
following guidelines:
Backstops will be provided for vehicles dumping material to prevent them over
running the edge.
Consideration will be given to the specification for compaction qualities, need
for tile markers and tiles and other protection measures necessary for the
protection of equipment;
Redundant soil not backfilled will be removed to an area identified in advance;
A safe system of work will be identified and implemented for the removal of
timber supports, steel sheeting and piles (consideration will include provision
of lifting appliances suitable to take the load of embedded sheet piles without
damage).
33.2.5 Other Requirements
The following general requirements will be applied:
Temporary Fence of the working area will be installed at the beginning of the
job activities.
Dewatering systems will be evaluated and installed if needed.
Daily monitoring of the soil consistency before any equipment and/or
machinery enters the site in order to avoid sinking, especially following any
sudden rainfalls or other environmental conditions that may affect the integrity
of the excavations.
Subcontractors will keep a register of all equipment and/or machinery used and
the record of their periodical maintenance (these records will be in the office of
the subcontractor and ready to any inspection by the contractor).

270
 Page 271 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Adequate lighting will be provided for any work scheduled during the hours of
darkness (consideration will include glare factors, working in shadow and
sufficient illumination to cover the area worked).
Work coordination will be implemented in order to avoid or reduce any
interference between Subcontractors.
Use of mandatories Personal Protective Equipment (Hard Hat, Safety goggles.
Safety shoes. Gloves) will Be constantly assured.
Elimination of any possible Fire Hazards (e.g., carrying fuels in approved tank.
engine will be in shut-down during motors/equipment refueling, etc.); each
equipment and/or machinery will be equipped with Fire Extinguisher;
During the Drilling machine transfer and before its positioning, soil stability
will tie verified in advance; safety induction, tool-box and meeting will be held
to all personnel involved in the project.
All the site preparation activities will be deeply described and assessed by a
specific Method statement and a risk assessment/JSA.
34. CONFINED SPACES
The purpose of this specification is detail requirements to be followed during the
execution of the Project, in order to ensure safety during in confined space operations.
This specification applies to all activities involving confine space entries.
Where confined space operations overlap or interfere with live process areas, or other
such hazardous areas, these procedures will be reviewed to ensure continued
applicability.
34.1. Definitions and abbreviations

Acceptable Entry conditions that must exist in a Permit Required Confined Space
Conditions to allow entry and to ensure that employees involved with a
permit-required confined space entry can safely enter into and
work within the space.
Authorized entrant an employee who is authorized to enter a Permit Required
Confined Space.

271
 Page 272 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Competent person Person capable of identifying existing and predictable hazards

in the surroundings or working conditions which are
unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to employees and who has
authorization to take prompt corrective measures to eliminate
them.
Confined space a space that:
(CP) (1) Is large enough and so configured that an employee can
bodily enter and perform assigned work; and
(2) Has limited or restricted means for entry or exit (for
example, tanks, vessels, silos, storage bins, hoppers, vaults,
and pits are spaces that may have limited means of entry.) and
(3) Is not designed for continuous employee occupancy.
Emergency any occurrence (including any failure of hazard control or
monitoring equipment) or event internal or external to the
permit space that could endanger entrants
Entry permit means the written or printed document that is provided to allow
(permit) and control entry into a permit space and that contains the
information specified in this specification
Entry supervisor means the Competent person responsible for determining if
acceptable entry conditions are present at a permit space where
entry is planned, for authorizing entry and overseeing entry
operations, and for terminating entry as required by this
specification.
An entry supervisor also may serve as a Stand-by Man or as an
authorized entrant, as long as that person is trained and
equipped as required by this section for each role he or she fills.
Also, the duties of entry supervisor may be passed from one
individual to another during the course of an entry operation
Flammable Range The range of concentrations between the LFL and the UFL.
Hazardous Atmosphere that may expose employees to the risk of death,
atmosphere incapacitation, impairment of ability to self-rescue (that is,
escape unaided from a permit space), injury, or acute illness
from one or more of the following causes:
(1) Flammable gas, vapor, or mist in excess of 10 per cent of
its lower flammable limit (LFL)

272
 Page 273 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

(2) Air borne combustible dust at a concentration that meets or

exceeds its LFL;
NOTE: This concentration may be approximated as a condition
in which the dust obscures vision at a distance of 5 feet (1,52
or less.
(3) Atmospheric oxygen concentration below 19.5 per cent or
above 23.5 per cent.
(4) Atmospheric concentration of any substance for which a
dose or a permissible exposure limit is published in OSHA 29
CFR Part 1910 Subpart G, Occupational Health and
Environmental Control, or in Subpart Z, Toxic and Hazardous
Substances, of this Part and which could result in employee
exposure in excess of its dose or permissible exposure limit.
NOTE. An atmospheric concentration of any substance that is
not capable of causing death, incapacitation, impairment of
ability to self-rescue, injury, or acute illness due to its health
effect is not covered by this provision.
(5) Any other atmospheric condition that is immediately
dangerous to life or health.
NOTE:
For air contaminants for which OSHA has not determined a dose or
permissible exposure limit, other sources of information, such as Material
Safety Data Sheets that comply with the Hazard Communication
Standard,
section 1910.1200 of this Part, published information, and internal
documents
can provide guidance in establishing acceptable atmospheric conditions.
Hot Work Permit written authorization to perform operations for example,
riveting, welding, cutting,
burning, and heating capable of providing a source of ignition.
Isolation the process by which a permit space is removed from service
and completely protected against the release of energy and
material into the space by such means as: blanking or blinding;
misaligning or removing sections of lines, pipes, or ducts; a
double block and bleed system; lockout or tag out of all sources
of energy; or blocking or disconnecting all mechanical
linkages

273
 Page 274 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

JSA Job Safety Analysis

Lower Flammable Means the minimum concentration of the flammable material
Limit (LFL) which will ignite if an ignition source is present.
Non- Permit A confined space that does not contain or, with respect to
Confined Space atmospheric hazard, have the potential to contain any hazard
capable of causing death or serious physical harm.
PTW Permit to Work
a confined space that has one or more of the following
characteristics.
Permit -Required A confined space that has one or more of the following
Confined Space characteristics:
(Permit Space, 1. Contains or has a potential to contain a hazardous
PRCS) atmosphere.
2. Contains a material that has the potential for engulfing
an entrant.
3. Has an internal configuration such that an entrant could
be trapped or asphyxiated by inwardly converging walls
or by a floor which slopes downward and tapers to a
smaller cross-section. Or
4. Contains any other recognized serious safety or health
hazard. Examples of serious safety or health hazards
might include:
 Fall hazards.
 Unguarded machinery.
 Extreme heat or cold.
 Steam pipes or chemical lines.
 Hazardous noise levels;
 Electrical hazards.
Permit system Any condition in a permit space that is not allowed by the
permit during the period when entry is authorized.
Prohibited The personnel designated to rescue employees from permit
condition spaces
Self-Contained Normally a set carried by the wearer containing cylinders of
Breathing clean, breathable compressed air (Less common is a breathing
Apparatus apparatus set using recycled oxygen) supplying a positive
(SCBA) pressure facemask; these sets allow greater freedom of

274
 Page 275 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

movement but are for shorter periods of use, typically 30

minutes.
Please Note: Canisters, cartridges and other forms of filter
mask do not constitute Breathing Apparatus
Stand-by man Trained and competent person stationed outside a confined
space requiring a work permit, who monitors the authorized
entrants and who performs all Stand-by Man's duties assigned.
Testing The process by which the hazards that may confront entrants
of a permit space are identified and evaluated. Testing includes
specifying the tests that are to be performed in the permit space
NOTE: Testing enables both to devise and implement
adequate control measures for the protection of authorized
entrants and to determine if acceptable entry conditions are
present immediately prior to, and during, entry.

34.2 Reference Documents

OSHA 29 CFR Part 1910 Subpart J Number 1910.146
Project Specification 09701 "Contractor Site Safety Program (CSSP)"
Saudi Aramco Construction Safety Manual, Volume 2, Chapter 6: "Confined
Spaces"
Gi 2.100, Work Permit System.
Gl 2.709, Gas Testing Procedure.
GI 6.008, Restriction of Portable Electrical/Electronic Devices.
Gl 6.012, Isolation. Lockout and Use of Hold Tags.
Gl 1780.001, Atmosphere Supplying Respirators.
SAES-B-068, Electrical Area Classification.
SAES-P-123. Lighting.
SA Safety Handbook, Minimum Safety Rules.

275
 Page 276 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

34.3. Roles and Responsibilities

MMS company is responsible for spreading and implementing this Specification

accordingly to their assignment during the execution of the Project.

Superintendent and Supervisor

Before start any activities, Superintendent and Supervisor in charge of the work shall
carry out the following activities:

Identify the presence of Confined Spaces as above defined in the whole working
area.
Detect the presence of Permit Required Confined Space among the Confined
Spaces previously identified.
Identify the needed permits that are required in the area and arrange for their
emission according to the 'Permit to Work System" Specification annexed to
the Construction Safety Manual.
Ensure the absence of hazardous atmospheres inside the Permit Required
Confined Space through appropriated gas tests and if any manage the risk in a
proper way (aspiration system, ventilation, respiratory protection,
implementation of detailed emergency rescue plan).
Verify necessity of control of energy sources (applying Lockout Tag out
procedures) before any workers enter the confined space.
Verify that an emergency/rescue procedure is put in place and applicable to the
specific task conditions.

276
 Page 277 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

moreover, shall

Ensure that personnel that carries out the work receive clear information about it.
Presence and kinds of Permit Required Confined Space detected.
Any specific risk identified during RA and JSA (especially Permit Required
Confined Space related).
Any adjacent operations that may impact on the work generating risks
Manage every potential hazard risen during the execution of the activity
Manage in according with the client provisions any emergency occurred during
the job.
Ensure that only authorized and properly trained entrant will be engaged to work
in a Permit Required Confined Space.
Ensure that all the personnel engaged to the works have received adequate PPE
as required by this specification.
Perform the filling of the Check list attached to the present specification.

Foreman

Is responsible for the following:

Briefing personnel doing the work about the safety requirements contained in
this specification.
Ensure that safety measures identified on the PTW are in place before work
commences.
Provision of equipment that are suitable of carrying out the work safely, have
been properly maintained and are certified for use in the Permit Required
Confined Space;

277
 Page 278 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Notify the Supervisor of any condition or behavior that can be potentially

hazardous to health and safety.
Verify, together with the supervisor, necessity of control of energy sources
(applying Lockout/Tag out procedures) before any workers enter the confined
space.
Ensure that all the workers wear the provided PPE.

Employees

Are responsible for the following:

Attend adequate trainings before enter working area

Notify the Foreman of any condition or behavior that can be potentially
hazardous to health and safety.
Wear and maintain in properly condition the PPE provided to them.
Use tools and equipment according to the Instruction of the constructor.
Take care of their and others' safety during the work.
Fulfil the requirements of PTW and JSA.

Entry Supervisor

The authorized Competent Person, as defined in this specification, who authorizes or

is in charge at a Permit Required Confined Space entrance is responsible for the
following:

Make sure that all pre-entry requirements, as outlined on the permit, have been
completed before any worker is allowed to enter the confined space.
Make sure that all required pre-entry conditions have been met.
Make sure that the rescue team is available for the duration of the activity.
278
 Page 279 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Make sure that any communication equipment which would be used to summon
either the in-plant rescue team or other emergency assistance is operating
correctly.
Terminate the entry upon becoming aware of a condition or set of conditions
whose hazard potential exceeds the limits authorized by the entry permit.

Before entry begins shall sign the entry permit to authorize entry.

34.4 Description of Safety Precautions

34.4. Pre-Entry Activities

Identification of Permit Required Confined Space

Before the activities commence will be evaluate the workplace in order to identify the
CS and to determine if any CS are Permit-Required Confined Spaces.

If the workplace contains permit spaces, exposed employees will be informed by

posting danger signs or by any other equally effective means, about the existence and
location of and the danger due to the permit spaces.

NOTE: A sign reading "DANGER -PERMIT-REQUIRED CONFINED SPACE, DO

NOT ENTER" or using other similar language will satisfy the requirement for a sign.

279
 Page 280 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Training

Specifics training session will be periodically organized to train the workers about
the Permit Required Confined Space' related risks following the below principle:

Will provide so that all employees whose work is regulated by this

specification acquire the understanding,
knowledge, and skills necessary for the safe performance of the duties assigned
to them.

They will be performed at least:

At the first assignment of the employee to work in Permit Required Confined

Space.
Before there is a change in assigned duties.
Whenever there is a change in permit space operations that presents a hazard
about which an employee has not previously been trained.
Whenever there is reason to believe either that there are deviations from the
permit space entry procedure required by this specification or that there are
inadequacies in the employee's knowledge or use of these specification.

The training shall establish employee proficiency in the duties required by this section
and shall introduce new or revised procedures, as necessary, for compliance with this
section.

Will be certified that the training required has been accomplished. The certification
will contain at least each employee’s name. the signatures or initials of the trainers,
and the dates of training. The certification will be always available for inspection.

280
 Page 281 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Minimum topics required for the training of the workers

Hazard Recognition: Each worker needs to understand the nature of the hazard
before entering and the need to perform appropriate testing to determine if it is safe to
enter.

Use of Personal Protective Equipment: Each employee will be taught the proper use
of all personal protective equipment required for entry or rescue, and the proper use
of protective barriers and shields.

Self-Rescue: Each worker will be trained to get out of the confined space as rapidly
as possible without help whenever an order to evacuate is given by the Stand-by Man,
whenever an automatic evacuation alarm is activated, or whenever workers recognize
the warning signs of exposure to substances that could be found in the confined space.
They will also be made aware of the toxic effects or symptoms of exposure to
hazardous materials he could encounter in the confined space. This includes anything
that could be absorbed through the skin or which could be carried through the skin by
any used solvents. They will be trained to relay an alarm to the Stand-by Man and to
attempt self- rescue immediately upon becoming aware of these effects.

Special Work Practices or Procedures: Each worker will be trained all work
practices that are necessary for a Permit Required Confined Space work.

Minimum topics required for the training of the Stand-by Men

Duties and responsibilities in the hands of the person in charge at Permit Required
Confined Space entrance as defined in this specification.

281
 Page 282 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Proper use of the communications equipment furnished for communicating with

authorized workers entering the confined space or for summoning emergency or
rescue services.

Authorized procedures for summoning rescue or other emergency services.

Recognition or the unusual actions of a worker which could indicate that they could
be experiencing a toxic reaction to contaminants that could be present in the space.

Any training for rescuers, if the Stand-by Man will function as a rescuer also.

Any training for workers who enter the confined space, if the entry permit specifies
that the duty of the Stand-by Man will rotate among the workers authorized to enter
the confined space.

Testing

Before entry, it is necessary to test the atmosphere in the confined space for oxygen
levels, flammability, and/or any contaminants that have a potential to tie present in
that confined space and obtain the required "Permit to Work" in order to ensure the
absence of Hazardous Atmosphere as defined in this specification.

Testing will be performed by a Competent Person, expert in use of the equipment

which has been approved in such areas.

The testing equipment will be checked (following the manufacturer's recommended

procedures) before each use, to ensure it is working and properly calibrated

282
 Page 283 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Testing of the confined spaces will be conducted throughout the entire portion of the
space that workers will occupy during the entry; this testing will be done without the
use of ventilation systems.

Where the entry is vertical into the confined space, it is recommended that remote
probes be used to measure the atmosphere at various levels; this practice is necessary
because some gases and vapors are lighter or heavier than air and can accumulate at
different levels in the confined space.

Will be also tested outside the confined space to make sure the surrounding air is not
contaminated.

If "Test Result "concludes that the atmospheric condition of the confined space Is
unacceptable, entry Is prohibited until such conditions are brought into acceptable
limits.

These remediation activities will be done by purging, Inerting, flushing, or ventilating

the space.

Purging refers to the method by which gases, vapors, or other airborne Impurities are
displaced from a confined

space.

The confined space may also be made non-flammable, non-explosive or otherwise

chemically non-reactive by displacing or diluting the original atmosphere with steam
or gas that Is non-reactive with respect to that space, a process referred to as "inerting".

283
 Page 284 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Generally, the needing of ventilation Is higher in spaces with volume lower than
1580 m3, next table regards the minimum capacity of ventilation system related to
the volume of the space.

Volume of the Standard Capacity of the

Confined Space m3 ventilation system needed L/s
16 472
80 1180
160 2360
800 4720
1600 7080
>4000 9440

The atmosphere within the Permit Required Confined Space shall be periodically
tested as necessary to ensure that the continuous forced air ventilation Is preventing
the accumulation of a hazardous atmosphere.

Any employee who enters the space will be provided with an opportunity to observe
the periodic testing required by this specification

Isolation

Necessity of control of energy sources (Lockout/Tag out) will be verified before any
workers are permitted to enter the CS.

This may mean controlling external energy sources to the OS as well as Inside It

284
 Page 285 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

All energy sources, which are potentially hazardous to the workers in the OS, will be
secured, relieved, disconnected and/or restrained.

The Isolation methods Include:

Disconnecting belt and chain drives and mechanical linkages on shaft-driven

equipment.
Securing mechanical moving parts within a confined space with latches, chains,
chocks, blocks or other devices.

The objective is to control any situation where the unexpected energizing, start-up or
released of stored energy would cause injury to the worker in the confined space.

In certain other situations, it may be necessary to prevent flammable, toxic, irritating

or oxygen displacing gases and vapors from entering the confined space; this includes
all hazardous material, high pressure, high temperature and other lines that could
introduce a hazard to the space.

Methods for preventing entry of these materials include:

De-pressurizing and disconnecting contaminant supply lines and providing a

blank or blind, often referred to as a "pancake", on them. This is the absolute
closure of the pipe, line or duct by fastening a solid plate or "cap" across it
which is capable of withstanding the maximum upstream pressure.
Isolating a confined space from a line, duct or pipe by locking or tagging two
closed in-line valves, and locking or tagging the line between the two closed
valves open to the outside atmosphere so that it can continue to drain or bleed.
Using two blocking valves with an open vent between the blocking valves.
Inserting a blank sized for the proper pressure in piping nearest the confined
space.

285
 Page 286 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Tools and Equipment

In order to prevent Electric Hazards all the electric tools and equipment (Lighting
system included) used in a Permit Required Confined Space will be powered by
24V and with double isolation.
34.4.2 Entry Activities
Permit Required Confined Space entry requirements:
Completion of air monitoring tests.
Completion of Confined Space Entry Permit.
At least one Stand-by Man, as above defined, will stand by on the outside of
the confined space ready to give assistance in case of emergency.
Visual, voice, or signal live communication will be maintained between all
individuals in the confined space and the Stand-by Man.
An approved safety belt or harness with a safety line will be used where
practical and feasible. The free end of the line will be secured outside the
entry opening.
The standby person will not enter the confined space until another qualified
Stand-by Man replaces him/her. Entry will only occur after proper tests have
teen performed to show that a dangerous air contaminant, oxygen
deficiency, or oxygen enrichment there are not present
The emergency arrangements will be available ready to use.
Permit Required Confined Space Entry Permit
For all Permit Required Confined Space entries, it will be required a written entry
permit before allowing any person to enter the confined space.
The permit will contain, as a minimum, the following for each permit entry space:
The description and location of the Permit Required Confined Space to be
entered.
The purpose of the entry.
Time, date and the authorized duration of the entry permit.

286
 Page 287 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

The authorized entrants within the permit space, by name or by such other means
(for example, through the use of rosters or tracking systems) as will enable the
Stand-by Man to determine quickly and accurately, for the duration of the
permit, which authorized entrants are inside the permit space.
NOTE: This requirement may be met by inserting a reference on the entry permit
as to the means used, such as a roster or tracking system, to keep track of the
authorized entrants within the permit space.
The personnel, by name, currently serving as Stand-by Man.
The individual, by name, currently serving as entry supervisor, with a space for
the signature or initials of the entry supervisor who originally authorized entry.
The hazards of the permit space to be entered.
The measures used to isolate the permit space and to eliminate or control permit
space hazards before entry.
NOTE: Those measures can include the lockout or tagging of equipment and procedures for
purging, inerting, ventilating, and flushing permit spaces.

The acceptable entry conditions.

The results of initial and periodic tests performed accompanied by the names or
initials of the testers and by an indication of when the tests were performed;
The rescue and emergency services that can be summoned and the means (such
as the equipment to use and the numbers to call) for summoning those services;
The communication procedures used by authorized entrants and Stand-by Man
to maintain contact during
the entry;
Equipment, such as personal protective equipment, testing equipment,
communications equipment, alarm systems, and rescue equipment, to be
provided for compliance with this section;
Any other information whose inclusion is necessary, given the circumstances of
the particular confined space, in order to ensure employee safety; and any
additional permits, such as for hot work, that have been issued to authorize work
in the permit space.

287
 Page 288 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Special Considerations
Certain work being performed in a Permit Required Confined Space could cause the
atmosphere in the space to change.
Examples of this are welding, drilling, or sludge removal. In these situations, air
monitoring of the confined space should be conducted on a continuous basis
throughout the time of the entry.
If the workers leave the confined space for any significant period of time, such as for
a lunch or other break, the atmosphere of the confined space must be retested before
the workers re-enter the confined space.
Stand-By Man duties
He or she (the Stand-by Man) must keep in continuous, though not necessarily
constant, communication with the entrants and he/she must have received the required
"Stand-by Man Training".
In this way, it is possible to immediately call rescue services if needed.
While acting as the Stand-by Man at a Permit Required Confined Space, these
points must always be followed:
Never enter the confined space, even if he/she sees that the workers in the space
are in trouble. If he/she did, there might be no one left at the scene to summon
help for the others and himself.
Maintain continuous communication with all workers within the confined space.
This may be by voice, radio, telephone, watching them, or any other equally
effective means. If it is not possible to maintain communication with a worker
because of the actual location in the space, arrangements must be made so that
he/she is continuously aware of that worker's location and condition.
Orders to the workers in the confined space to "get out" at the first indication of
the following:
 A condition or set of conditions whose hazard potential exceeds the
limits authorized by the entry permit.

288
 Page 289 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

 An unexpected hazard.
 A toxic reaction which might be recognized by observing unusual
actions in the workers.
 A situation outside the confined space which could pose a hazard to the
workers inside the space.
Knows how to summon emergency assistance and the means to do so.
Remains at his/her post. Do not leave, except to save your own life, while work
continues inside the confined space, unless he/she is replaced by an equally
qualified person. If he/she must leave and no one is there to replace him/her,
orders the workers to leave the confined space.
Warns any unauthorized persons not to enter, or tell them to leave if they have
entered.
Ensures that all the persons entering the confined space, have received the
specific Confined Space training.
Note: install a barrier on the entry in order to avoid any entry inside when nobody
work in the confined space and when the Stand-by Man is any more in place (during
night, lunch or whatever).
34.5 Precautions for Emergencies
At least one personnel trained in first aid and Cardiopulmonary Resuscitation (CPR)
will be immediately available whenever the use of respiratory protective equipment is
required.
Periodicals emergency drills will be performed in order to ensure the efficiency and
the effectiveness of the emergency measures.
34.6 Records
Adequate records must be maintained for all confined space entries made, including
entry logs, copies of entry permits and results of gas tests.

289
 Page 290 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

35. WELDING AND CUTTING EQUIPMENT

All welding and cutting equipment shall tie of the approved type and maintained in
good condition.
Personnel working with welding equipment shall be trained, competent, and be
provided with personal protection equipment and welders possess Saudi Aramco
certificate. Contractor welders and welding operators shall be qualified and certified
per Saudi Aramco Engineering Procedures SAEP-321, SAEP-322, SAEP-323, and
SAEP- 1101 to 1117 for the work they will be doing, (Also refer to the Saudi Aramco
Construction Safety Manual section 11-10, "Welding, Cutting and Brazing"),
Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) such as welding face shields,
goggles, helmets, leggings, screen personnel protective barriers and forced air
ventilation will be provided where required.
No welding or cutting operation will be conducted unless the area is cleared of any
flammable or combustible materials.
Cutting operations wiII be done in a manner such that, the torch flame will not t)e
directed to oxy-acetylene gas cylinders or to any material or object that could be
damaged or burned.
Contractor will obtain and follow "OPEN FLAME check list" in restricted areas for
any welding, cutting or grinding.
Foreman and Supervisors will complete a post hot work inspection after all welding
or cutting operations, especially before leaving the area.
35.1. Storage of Cylinders
Cylinders shall be stored in a safe, dry, well-ventilated place prepared and reserved
for that purpose. Flammable substances should not be stored in the same area.
All storage areas will have no smoking signs posted. All cylinder storage rooms should
be ventilated sufficiently so that explosive concentrations of gas cannot accumulate.

290
 Page 291 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

All wiring should be located outside the room. All bulbs should be enclosed by a
flameproof glass cover.
110-Volt electrical circuits shall be protected by ground fault circuit interrupts
(GFCI).
"No Smoking" signs will be provided in Arabic and English to all storage areas.
All gas cylinders must be chained or otherwise secured in an upright position.
Flammable substances shall not be stored within 50 feet of cylinder storage areas.
Cylinders shall not be stored at temperatures exceeding 54o C and shall be stored out
of direct sunlight.
Oxygen cylinders should not be stored indoors, within 20ft of cylinders containing
flammable gases or highly combustible materials.
If separating distance is less than 20 ft, a dividing fire rated wall (one-hour minimum
rating) to the height of seven feet shall be provided.
Empty and full cylinders should be stored separately, with empty cylinders being
plainly identified to avoid confusion (labelled EMPTY). Cylinders, which have held
the same contents, should be grouped together.
Color-coding of cylinders; Oxygen Cylinder is GREEN. Acetylene Cylinder is
YELLOW.
35.2
Handling of Cylinders
Cylinders In transport shall be secured In an upright position with the protection
valve caps Installed. Loading and unloading should take place carefully. Cylinders
should not be dropped, thrown, dragged, used as rollers, or as a support No damaged
or defective cylinder shall be used.
All valves must be fully closed before a cylinder Is moved. Unless a trolley or
special carrier Is used, regulators and hoses should be detached from the cylinders.

291
 Page 292 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

If cylinders are to be lifted by crane, specially designed txrttle holders with lifting
eyes should be used. Chain and wire rope slings can allow cylinders to slip. Where a
trolley Is to be used for slinging. Its base should be strong enough to take the weight
of the cylinders. Do not lift with an electromagnet.
Lifting or hoisting compressed gas cylinders will be done only by means of properly
constructed compressed gas hoisting cart. Use of Standard Bottle Carts for hoisting
or slings attached directly to the bottles Is strictly prohibited.
35.3 Inspection of Equipment
Special measures will be taken to ensure equipment is inspected regularly. All
equipment should be examined Immediately before use and regularly maintained. All
welding operations shall be conducted in well-ventilated areas.
Only soapy water should be used to check for leaks. Presence of a leak Is often
Indicated by a hissing sound, or by the nature of the torch flame. Cylinders and valves
should be kept clean. Valve sockets shall be kept free of grit, dirt, oil, or dirty water.
Oxygen and acetylene cutting equipment must be provided with flashback flame
arresters at regulator and torch. Hoses should be kept for one type of gas only and
color coded for Identification. They should be examined before use for any signs of
splitting, which might give rise to leakage. All connections shall be made by crimps.
The hoses used for acetylene and for oxygen shall not be Interchangeable.
Connections and check valves should be regularly examined to detect leakage.
Equipment should be fitted with the correct pressure regulators, and a regular check
should be made to ensure that the regulator is working correctly. The torch nozzle
should be kept tight. An acetylene cylinder valve wrench shall be available at all times
for the cylinder in use.
A friction lighter shall be used as the means of Ignition and should be readily available.

Wherever possible, the cylinders in use should be kept upright on a custom-built stand,
fitted with a bracket to accommodate the hoses and equipment. Unless a recess in the

292
 Page 293 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

head protects the cylinder valve, the metal cap should be kept in place to protect the
valve when the cylinder is not connected for use.

36. HAND TOOLS AND POWER TOOLS

Tools shall be equipped with proper safeguards and used only in applications for
which they were designated. Portable power tools shall be of the double Insulated type
or three-wire grounded type, and shall not be rated or used at a voltage exceeding 125
volts.

Required work permits shall be obtained In accordance with Gl 2.100, when using
hand tools and power tools, however, allow many jobs to be carried out more
efficiently and with greater speed and accuracy.

Appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE)shall be worn at all times when using
hand tools and power tools (e.g., hard hat, safety glasses/goggles, hearing protection,
safety shoes, gloves, face shield)

Personnel shall not operate any tools unless they are appropriately trained in their
selection, use, inspection and storage. Training records shall be made available.

Tools constructed of good quality materials shall be used. Use of 'homemade' tools is
prohibited.

Only properly insulated or nonconductive tools shall be used when work is performed
on or near electrical equipment.

293
 Page 294 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

36.1 Hand Tools

Screwdrivers: Screwdrivers should be of the correct size and tip to fit the spot of the
screw. Screwdrivers shall not be hammered or twisted with the help of pliers or mole
grips, and shall not in any manner be carried in pockets.
Pliers: Pliers are not to be used as a wrench. They are meant for gripping round objects
and for cutting soft metals and wires. Pliers shall have insulated handles when used
for electrical work. Pliers shall be kept free from dirt and grit. Only long handled pliers
shall be used to cut wire under tension.
Hammers: The correct kind of hammer shall be selected for the Job. Hammerheads
should be properly secured to handles with proper wedges. Handles shall be made
from smooth timber, bonded fiberglass or be made of an integral head and shaft of
steel.
Chisels: Cutting edges shall be kept sharp with its original shape and angle
maintained. Mushroomed heads shall be ground with a slight taper around the edge to
prevent chipping and reduce the tendency to mushroom again.
Tools made of brass or aluminum, such as hammers and chisels, shall only be ground
using silicon carbide grinding wheels.
Hacksaws: Blades shall be suitable for the material to be cut Sufficient tension shall
be applied to maintain a rigid blade. Hacksaw blade teeth shall be pointed in the
forward direction (away from the user's body).
Hand Saws: The teeth shall be kept sharp and clean. Blades shall be lightly oiled or
greased when not in use to prevent corrosion (e.g., while in storage). Blades shall t)e
protected by a slotted piece of timber or a sheath when not in use. Cracked, defective
or damaged saws shall not be used.
Spanners and Wrenches: Only the right type and size should be used. When
possible, use a box-end or open- end wrench rather than an adjustable wrench. The
use of "cheater bar' extensions is prohibited. Only wrenches specifically designed to

294
 Page 295 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

be struck by hammers shall be used for that purpose. Properly designed

hammer/slugging wrenches shall be used for heavy work.
Pipe Wrenches: Pipe Wrenches shall be large enough for the work to be performed.
Jaw teeth shall be kept clean and sharp, and the knurl, pin, spring, etc., kept free from
damage. The use of 'cheater bar' extensions is prohibited. Pipe wrenches shall not tie
struck with a hammer or used as a hammer.
Hand Excavation Tools: Hand excavation tools (e g., picks and shovels) shall be
maintained in good condition at all times. Blades shall not be blunt, turned, split or
jagged. Pick and shovel shafts shall tie free of cracks, splinters and other defects or
damage. Pick shafts shall be firmly attached to the head.
Hydraulic Jacks: Jacks shall tie clearly marked with their rated load capacity. The
rated load capacity shall be legibly and permanently marked in a prominent location
on the jack by casting, stamping or other suitable means.
The load to be lifted shall tie less than the jack's rated load capacity. Jacks shall be
placed on a level, solid support with the load centered. Jacks shall not tie used when
there is evidence of a hydraulic oil leak. The Jack release mechanism shall be clearly
marked and shall not be located where it can be accidentally operated.
Jacks shall be properly lubricated at regular intervals. Jacks shall be thoroughly
inspected at least every 6 months. Jacks shall be visually inspected when issued and
when returned to the tool room/crib. Damaged/defective jacks. shall be immediately
removed from service.
36.2 Portable Power Tools
Contractor and Subcontractors employees will be given training on all electrically
powered tools. Employees will be closely supervised to ensure tools are being used
correctly and by trained labor. The following safety precautions will be used:
Power tools shall not be equipped with trigger locks.
The operating control on hand-held power tools shall be located to minimize the
possibility of inadvertent operation.

295
 Page 296 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Before they are set down, rotating portable power tools shall be switched off and
held until the rotation has completely stopped. They shall not be stopped by
grasping the rotating assembly.
Power tools shall be disconnected from the power source before changing bits,
blades, cutters or wheels. Portable power tools shall t)e stored in clean and dry
conditions.
Portable power tools shall not be left lying around the work area where they
could be damaged.
Use of the electrical cord for hoisting or lowering power tools is prohibited.
36.3. Pneumatic Power Tools
Only trained personnel will be allowed to operate pneumatic power.
Compressed air hoses shall be the correct size and rating for the tool being used.
Compressed air hose joints (twist lock fittings) shall be secured with proper couplers
and safety wires or pins to prevent the tool and/or hoses from being inadvertently
disconnected. Crimped, clamped or banded connections shall be used to secure
compressed air hoses to fittings/couplers. Screw-type ("Jubilee") hose clamps shall
not be used to secure compressed air hoses to fittings/couplers. Hose lengths shall be
kept as short as possible and placed so they are not subject to damage (e.g., not
crossing active roadways or walkways). Compressed air used for cleaning formwork,
etc., shall be less than 30 psig.
Compressed air systems operating at or above 30 psig nozzle pressure shall have a
relief device and/or air ports installed on the nozzle that limit the nozzle pressure to
less than 30 psig if the air system becomes dead ended (e.g., inadvertently pressed
against an object or person) Compressed air shall not be used to remove dust or dirt
from clothing or individuals. Compressed air hoses shall not tje directed towards an
individual for any reason.

296
 Page 297 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

36.4 Drills
Care should be taken not to drill too large a hole at one time. If this is not done, the
drill may bind on breakthrough, and the torque set up could twist the tool against the
user's wrist.
36.5 Electrical Power Tools and Extension Cord
Protective shields/guards supplied with the tools shall not be removed. Portable
power-driven circular saws having a blade diameter greater than 50 mm (2 inches)
shall be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe.
Protective shields/guards supplied with the tools shall not be removed. Portable
power-driven circular saws having a blade diameter greater than 50 mm (2 inches)
shall be equipped with guards above and below the base plate or shoe.
prong UL listed or FM approved electrical plug. Ground fault circuit interrupters
(GFCIs) shall be used for all
portable electrical power tools. Any portable electrical power tool or extension cord
used in a Saudi Aramco restricted area requires a hot work permit per Gl 2.100.
Extension cords shall:
Be as short as possible.
Have appropriate grounding pins and blades to fit the socket outlet.
Be of three-wire conductor type.
Have plugs and sockets that meet NFPA 70 grounding and polarity
requirements.
Have three prongs and have over-current protection in accordance with NFPA
70 requirements.
Not have two prongs (e.g., no European-style plugs).
Be rated for outdoor use (i.e., have a “W” designation for the insulation/jacket).
If repaired, be spliced so that the splice retains the insulation, outer sheath
properties and usage characteristics of the cord being spliced (e.g., use a
manufactured splice kit).

297
 Page 298 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

Not be used for permanent wiring.

Be UL listed or FM approved if factory manufactured.
BE# 12-gauge (AWG) minimum if less than 30 m (100 ft) long and #10 gauge
minimum if 30 m (100 ft) long or longer.

36.6 Grinders
Grinding wheels shall be free of defects. They shall be checked for defects before
mounting and defective wheels shall be discarded or destroyed. Wheels shall be
balanced and centered and shall be installed per the wheel

manufacturer's instructions

Grinding tools shall be inspected prior to use and shall be replaced immediately if
found to be defective. Grinding tools shall not be used on soft metals (e.g., aluminum,
brass, cooper, lead, zinc) unless the grinding wheel is specifically designed for such
metals. Grinding tools shall not be used unless the maximum permissible speed is
clearly marked on the wheel and case. The running speed shall not exceed the
maximum permissible speed displayed on the grinding wheel.

Safety guards provided the manufacturer for grinding wheels shall be used and
maintained at all times. Guards shall allow only the working part of the wheel to be
exposed. The guard shall also cover the spindle end, nut and flange projections. The
maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel perimeter and sides shall not exceed
180 degrees. Safety guards shall be mounted to maintain proper alignment with the
wheel. The guard and fastenings shall be strong enough to retain fragments of the
wheel in case of accidental breakage. Portable grinders may only tie used without
safety guards when the work location makes it impossible to use a grinder equipped

298
 Page 299 of 299

Construction Safety Plan

with a safety guard (e.g., internal grinding inside a small diameter pipe). In this case,
the employee's supervisor shall approve such use, the second handle shall be on the
grinder and used, and the guard shall be immediately replaced afterwards.

36.7 Fixed Electrical Tools

Fixed or permanently mounted electrical tools shall be hardwired to the power supply
and may be powered by a

220-volt electrical supply if a 110-volt tool is not available.

Floor and bench-mounted abrasive wheels shall be provided with safety guards (eg.,
protection hoods). Safety guards shall be capable of withstanding the effect of a
bursting wheel. The maximum angular exposure of the grinding wheel periphery and
sides shall not be more than 90 degrees, except when work requires contact with the
wheel below the horizontal plane of the spindle, and then the angular exposure shall
not exceed 125 degrees. In either case, the exposure shall not exceed 65 degrees above
the horizontal plane of the spindle.

299
Page 364
Page 365
Page 366
Page 389
Page 399
Page 400
Page 409
Page 410
Page 425
Page 426
Page 427
333 Page 432
Page 433
Page 439
Page 440
Page 452
Page 453
Page 457
Page 458
Page 461
Page 462
Page 464
Page 465
Page 467
Page 468
Page 503
Page 504
Page 505
Page 506
Page 507
Page 508
Page 509
Page 514
Page 515
Page 528
Page 529
Page 530
Page 531
Page 532
Page 533
Page 534
Page 535
Page 536
Page 537
Page 539
Page 540
Page 541
Page 544
Page 545
Page 547
Page 548
Page 549
Page 550
Page 551
Page 552
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

Jafurah Gas Plant Expansion –

Facility Site Preparation- PKG- 6

MOBARAK M. AL-SALOMI & PARTNERS

CONTRACTING CO. LTD.

ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

Page 1 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

CONTENTS

ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

SECTION 1 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

SECTION 2 ASBESTOS REGISTER

SECTION 3 ASBESTOS SURVEYS

SECTION 4 FLOOR PLANS

SECTION 5 ANNUAL VISUAL INSPECTION RECORDS

SECTION 6 ATTACHMENT

• CONTRACTORS SIGNING IN SHEET

Page 2 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

SECTION 1
ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN
The Control of Asbestos Regulations 2012 requires managers of premises to prepare a written
asbestos management plan. The plan should set out how the risks from asbestos are to be managed
and the procedure for ensuring that employees or others do not disturb asbestos-containing materials
(ACMs). The premises ‘Asbestos Register’ should be used to produce this plan.
Here are some terms to be familiarise with:
MMS Asbestos: Policy, Strategy, Arrangements and Procedures
The premises ‘Asbestos Register’.
The register is adequate for the management of asbestos on a day-to-day basis, but it does not list any
asbestos that may be present but not visible. If building alterations are proposed a more detailed
‘Refurbishment and Demolition’ survey may be necessary.

The Project/ Premises Manager must be aware of the contents of this Management Plan

1. ESTABLISHMENT / PROJECT NAME

2. RESPONSIBILITIES

Name: Title:
Who is the site Duty Holder?

Name: Title:
Who is the person with day-to-day
operational responsibility for managing
asbestos on site?

Name: Title:
Who is responsible for undertaking the
annual visual re inspection and updates to
the asbestos register for the site?

Who is the author of this plan? Name: Title:

Page 3 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

3. REVIEWING THE ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

Date this Management Plan was produced

Date of next review

4. HOW THE LOCATION AND CONDITION OF ASBESTOS-CONTAINING MATERIAL IS RECORDED

How is information about asbestos in Asbestos information is held on the SHINE system including:
Management Surveys
the premises recorded
Asbestos Register
Periodic Reinspection Reports by Specialists
Property Action Plan

Where are hard copies of the register Site Asbestos Folder

and plan kept on site?

5. RESULTS OF THE RISK ASSESSMENTS AND ACTION REQUIRED (IF ANY)

What was the date of your last

Annual Visual Re-inspection

What were the concerns and high-risk

items that required immediate action?
(To be added to the action plan; see end of
document).

6. MONITORING ARRANGEMENTS FOR ASBESTOS

What are the arrangements for 1. Local visual inspection on a regular basis (at least annually) by

monitoring the known/presumed Caretaker/Site Manager

asbestos-containing materials, to ensure 2. Periodic Reinspection by MMS specialist contractor

that they remain in good condition and
that there is no increased risk of
disturbance?

7. HOW INFORMATION ABOUT ASBESTOS IS PASSED TO THOSE THAT NEED IT

Page 4 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

How are staff informed and updated on Staff meetings and initial site induction.

asbestos related issues? Including Inform staff about known or potential asbestos materials in their working area

location of ACM’s. e.g., classroom ceiling.

What is the procedure for ensuring that Asbestos information is provided to contactors visiting the site who sign to

contractors and others check the acknowledge they have read and understood.

asbestos register before starting work? Asbestos information to be provided in connection with planned works

including requirement for R&D Surveys.

How are routine maintenance and Prior to commencement of works the area or areas identified for access are

identified on the register.

construction works monitored during
Ascertain these areas are free of asbestos.
the activity?
Contractor shown the register and sign to confirm they have read and

understood.

All works to be carried out by competent contractor. School will check

competence and obtain copies of risk assessments and method statements for

any works.

For larger construction works normal working procedures would be carried out

prior to commencement of works, site surveys and asbestos survey to areas to

be worked on, pre-start and project meetings etc.

Name: Title:
Who is the nominated person that will

act on behalf of the duty holder in the

event of absence?

What methods are used to make staff Staff meetings followed by School walkabout

New staff informed at Site Health and Safety Induction

aware of the location of Asbestos
Consider warning labels in appropriate locations e.g., boiler rooms
Containing materials?

Page 5 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

8. TRAINING

ASBESTOS AWARENESS DATE OF

1 TRAINING

2. 1

3. 2.

3.

(Training that still remains to be done should be added to the Action Plan).

9. ACTION PLAN

High risk items / major concerns / Remedial action required Target date Date
training requirements. for action completed

THIS PLAN WILL BE AVAILABLE IMMEDIATELY ON REQUEST.

Page 6 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

SECTION 2
ASBESTOS REGISTER

This section includes:

▪ A copy of the new “Asbestos Register”. This is a record of information collected from previous records

where the asbestos remains in site(If any.) and a Management asbestos survey of all buildings on the

site.

▪ Areas not checked should be presumed to contain asbestos until proven otherwise. All the areas and

materials listed should be included in a future Asbestos Refurbishment and Demolition survey where

refurbishment and alterations (including rewiring or cabling work) or demolition is planned including

self-financed projects.

▪ All “Revisions to the Asbestos Register” must be updated on the MMS Quality Records of the HSE

system records.

Notes:

1. Materials listed as “presumed asbestos” must be treated as asbestos until analysis proves

otherwise.

2. Areas that were not surveyed due to access being unavailable at the time of the management

asbestos survey must be presumed to contain asbestos materials until proven otherwise. These

areas are clearly identified on the register.

Page 7 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

3. The information contained in the new register is held centrally on the MMS Quality Records of

the HSE system records. It is therefore important that details of any changes to the

information regarding asbestos materials is sent to MMS Quality document controller.

4. This applies to the discovery of previously unknown asbestos and the repair or removal of

known asbestos. Once updated on the MMS Quality Records of the HSE system records; an

amended copy of the register should be provided.

Page 8 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

SECTION 3
ASBESTOS SURVEYS

This section includes:

A copy of the Asbestos Management Survey which contains useful information for use in managing

the asbestos and determining any action required or areas to look at during the annual inspection.

The information has been obtained from an Asbestos Management Survey.

For major refurbishment (including rewiring or cabling work in areas not surveyed) or demolition work

an Asbestos Refurbishment and Demolition Survey must be carried out for the areas to be accessed /

altered. When completed the survey details should be filed in this section. Asbestos Surveys must be

carried out by competent persons e.g., UKAS accredited.

The Overall Assessment Score from the Material Assessment Algorithm based on HSG 264 will be

assessed by the Duty Holder to determine any action necessary.

The two types of survey that are listed in the HSE booklet HSG 264 – Surveying, sampling and

assessment of asbestos-containing materials are:

Management Survey (formerly Type 2)

The purpose of this survey is to locate, as far as reasonably practicable, the presence and extent of any

suspect asbestos materials in the building and assess their condition.

Representative samples are collected and analysed for the presence of asbestos.

Page 9 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

Demolition and Refurbishment Survey (formerly Type 3)

Full access sampling and identification survey’ – This type of survey is used to locate and describe,

as far as reasonably practicable, all asbestos materials in the building and may involve destructive

inspection, as necessary, to gain access to all areas, including those that may be difficult to reach. A

full sampling programme is undertaken to identify possible asbestos materials and estimates of the

volume and surface area of asbestos materials made. The survey is designed to be used as a basis for

tendering the removal of asbestos materials from the building prior to demolition or major

refurbishment. Repairs to the fabric of the building may be necessary following this level of survey.

Page 10 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

SECTION 4
FLOOR PLANS

This section includes:

A copy of any Plans showing locations of Asbestos materials.

Page 11 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

SECTION 5
ANNUAL VISUAL INSPECTION RECORDS

This section includes:

Asbestos Inspection Record Sheets – For use by establishments to record details of annual checks to
monitor the condition of known asbestos materials.

As well as the day-to-day requirement to report any damage to asbestos materials the site duty holder
should carry out at least annually visual non-intrusive walk round inspections to monitor and assess
the condition of asbestos containing materials.

Describe, location, material, nature of any damage, what action you are going to take and by when.
Include Photos where possible. Look for signs of disturbance, scratches, broken edges, cracked or
peeling paint and debris. If you have any doubts about what action to take you should seek advice
from an asbestos specialist. Any work you decide to carry out should be recorded with an agreed date
for completion.

Record actions in the Site Asbestos Management Plan – Section 1

Print more sheets as required.

Page 12 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

ANNUAL VISUAL INSPECTION RECORD SHEET

Date Name & Status of Persons carrying out Inspection

Signed:……………………….

Outcome/Comments

Signed:……………………….

Outcome/Comments

Signed:……………………….

Outcome/Comments

Signed:………………………..

Details of any damaged asbestos discovered during the annual inspections must be actioned by
the party who responsible for arranging and funding work using their delegated repair and maintenance
budgets.

Page 13 of 14
 ASBESTOS MANAGEMENT PLAN

SECTION 6
ATTACHMENT

CONTRACTORS SIGNING-IN SHEET - ASBESTOS

Date Time Time Company Reason for visit / Asbestos Print name Signature
In Out nature of work Register
checked

NOTICE:

Always be sure to report any damage to materials you know or suspect could contain asbestos immediately. If any work
to be carried out, even of a simple nature, will affect the fabric or structure of the building always be sure that checks
have been made to determine whether any asbestos is present.

The HSE management procedures to be followed to ensure that asbestos materials in MMS Sites and Premises are
managed correctly and safely are held at this establishment.

Check you have read and understood the sites asbestos register.
Report discovery and/or damage to the site responsible person immediately and STOP work.

Page 14 of 14
 JAFURAH GAS PLANT SAPMT
TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION
FACILITIES (TCF) EXPANSION PKG -6

MOBARAK M. AL-SALOMI & PARTNERS

CONTRACTING CO. LTD.

WASTE AND WASTE WATER

MANAGEMENT PLAN

1
 NDEX

1. GENERAL ............................................................................................................................................................... 03

1.1 SCOPE AND OBJECTIVES 03

2 DEFINITIONS, TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS ............................................................................................ 04

3 REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION .................................................................................................................... 05

3.1 LAWS AND REGULATION 06

3.2 SAUDI ARAMCO GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS 06
3.3 SAUDI ARAMCO ENGINEERING STANDARDS 06
3.4 SAUDI ARAMCO ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH CODE 06

4. RESPONSIBILITIES ............................................................................................................................................. 06

5. DEFINITION AND CLASSIFICATION OF WASTE ........................................................................................ 07

6. WASTE MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................................... 08

6.1 WASTE MINIMIZATION 08

6.2 WASTE IDENTIFICATION 11
6.2.1 Hazardous Wastes 11
6.2.2 Non Hazardous Waste 15
6.3 WASTE SEGREGATION, STORAGE AND HANDLING 15
6.4 WASTE DISPOSAL 19

7. WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT ..................................................................................................................... 21

8. INVENTORY, RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING ................................................................................. 21

9. COMMUNICATIONS, TRAINING AND INSPECTION .................................................................................. 21

2
1. GENERAL
1.1 Scope and Objectives
The main purpose of the present Waste Management Program is to provide effective guidance on collection,
handling, transportation, storage, and disposal or recovery of wastes generated on site.

This Plan includes:

• Identification of the waste legislation;

• Definition of waste classification criteria;
• Control of the amount of waste generated following good operating practices and respecting waste
reduction principles.
• Assisting MMS Company and in managing their wastes in compliance with requirements of
Company procedure and applicable waste regulations.
• Guidance for the collection, segregation, handling, temporary storage, transport and disposal of
wastes in order to protect human health and to minimize the impact on the environment.
• Guidance for waste reduction according to the hierarchical application of the practices of reuse,
recycling, recovery, treatment and final disposal in approved disposal sites.
• Disposing of all waste in a safe manner and at approved disposal sites.
• Providing a basis for training activities.

This WMP provides common guidance applicable to all PROJECT activities. However, MMS Company
will manage their own waste under their full responsibilities in compliance with applicable laws and
regulations as well as the general provisions of this plan.

Within this context, all applicable Company standards and requirements are contractual constraints;
therefore, all designated Subcontractors shall be aware of and informed about the above-mentioned
documents.

3
2. DEFINITIONS, TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS

COMPANY ARAMCO OVERSEAS COMPANY

CONTRACTOR Mobarak M. Al-Salomi & Partners for Contracting Co. Ltd

PM PROJECT MANAGER

EC ENVIRONMENTAL COORDINATOR

EIA ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT

EMP ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PROGRAM

EMS ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

FHSEM FIELD HSE MANAGER

HSE HEALTH, SAFETY, AND ENVIRONMENT

HSE MS HSE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

MOWE MINISTRY OF WATER & ELECTRICITY

PM-C PROJECT MANAGER FOR CONSTRUCTION

PME PRESIDENCY OF METEOROLOGY AND ENVIRONMENT

SAES SAUDI ARAMCO ENGINEERING STANDARDS

SAEP SAUDI ARAMCO ENGINEERING PROCEDURE

SAEHC SAUDI ARAMCO ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH CODE

4
3. REFERENCE DOCUMENTATION

3.1 . Laws and Regulation

The following Saudi Arabian Government Standards apply to this Project and the facilities shall comply
with their requirements.
General Environmental Regulations and Rules for implementation (2012) Presidency of Meteorology
and the Environment (PME)
Environmental Protection Standards Document No. 1409-01 (1982), issued by the Presidency of
Meteorology and the Environment (PME)
“Rules for Implementation of the Regulations for Treated Sanitary Drainage Water and its Reuse”;
Ministry of Water and Electricity (MOWE); Royal Decree No. M/6, dated 13 Safar 1422 [6 May 2001].
Any handling, storage and disposal of radioactive materials shall be performed in compliance with the
requirements of Radiation Protection Standards by King Abdul-Aziz City of Science and Technology
(KACST).

In addition to the above the project shall comply with the following international guidelines:

BASEL CONVENTION TO CONTROL TRANS-BOUNDARY MOVEMENT OF

HAZARDOUS WASTE
DUTY OF CARE – FOR MANAGEMENT OF WASTES
INTERNATIONAL UNI EN ISO 14001-2015 - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT
SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS WITH GUIDANCE FOR USE.
ISO45001:2018 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS –
REQUIREMENTS.

3.2 Saudi Aramco General Instructions

[1] G.I. 2.401 Inland Oil Spill Response
[2] G.I. 2.104 Leak and Spill Reporting
[3] G.I. 6.001 Notification Requirements for Incidents (Including Fires)
[4] G.I. 2.714 Environmental Protection Policy Implémentation

5
 [5] G.I. 2.716 Land use Permit Procedure
[6] G.I. 2.718 Contractor Site Allotment Procedure
[7] G.I. 430.0001 Implementation of Saudi Aramco Hazardous Waste Code
[8] G.I. 425.000 Réfrigérant Management (CFC/HCFC)
[9] G.I. 2.717 Procedures and Guideline for Handling PCBs
[10] G.I. 150.000 Industrial Hygiene and Occupational Health Aspects of Environmental
Protection Policy
[11] G.I. 150.001 Asbestos Hazard Management
[12] G.I. 150.100 Hazardous Materials Communication Program (HAZCOM)
[13] G.I. 151.006 Implementing the Saudi Aramco Sanitary Code
[14] GI 150.000 Occupational Health Aspects of Loss Prevention Policy
[15] GI 150.103 Ionization Radiation Protection

3.3 Saudi Aramco Engineering Standards

[16] SAES-S-040 Water System
[17] SAES-A-102 Air Polluant Emission Source Control
[18] SAES-A-103 Discharges to The Marine Environment
[19] SAES-A-104 Wastewater Treatment, Reuse and Disposal
[20] SAES-A-105 Noise Control
[21] SAES-A-114 Excavation and Backfill
[22] SAES-A-400 Industrial Drainage Systems,
[23] SAES-A-401 Closed Drain Systems (CDS),
[24] SAES-A-403 Offshore Platform Drainage Systems,
[25] SAES-S-010 Sanitary Sewers,
[26] SAES-S-020 Oily Water Drainage Systems.
[27] SAEP-327 Disposal of Wastewater from Cleaning, Flushing and Dewatering Pipelines and
Vessels,
[28] SAES-A-007 Hydrostatic Testing Fluids and Lay-Up Procedures.
[29] SAES-S-007 Solid Waste Landfill Requirements

6
 [30] Saudi Aramco Materials Instructions: Logistics Inventory & Warehousing
[31] CU-22.03, Processing & Handling Hazardous Material

3.4 Saudi Aramco Environmental health code

[32] SAEHC-S-02 Sanitary Waste Water and Sewage Systems

[33] SAEHC-S-03 Solid Waste Management
[34] SAEHC-S-07 Camps and Communal Living Facilities

4. RESPONSIBILITIES

Waste management is the responsibility of all personnel on the project, with overall control and guidance
provided by the Project Environmental Engineer /HSE Manager for the relevant activity or project phase.

Design Contractors, Consultants, Equipment & materials procurement Vendors and Fabrication or other
Sub-contractors are required to demonstrate their own established waste management provisions, which
are then expected to comply with all applicable environmental requirements, good practices and the intent
of this plan.
The PROJECT is executed by MMS Company under the overall direction of the PROJECT Manager.
Hereafter responsibilities of the site key functions concerning the implementation of the present Plan are
outlined for a prompt reference.
Project Manager (PM) has overall responsibility for overseeing that site activities are carried out in
compliance with all applicable environmental requirements, including the provisions of the present Plan.
He shall provide support to site HSE personnel in this regard.

Field HSE Manager (FHSEM) supported by Environmental Coordinator, is responsible for the proper
implementation of the present program (including training activities) and for its update, as needed, he is
also responsible for:

INTERFACING WITH THIRD PARTIES AND SUBCONTRACTORS;

PROVIDING MMS COMPANY HSE POLICY (INCLUDING, THE WASTE
MANAGEMENT PLAN) TO THE SUBCONTRACTOR FOR IMPLEMENTATION.

7
ENVIRONMENTAL COORDINATOR (EC) SHALL:

Ensure that the environmental requirements are established, implemented and maintained across the site
activities, specifically including:
• Identification and assessment of environmental aspects and impacts, including their review and
updating;
• Environmental objectives, targets and environmental management programs;
• Support FHSEM in reviewing and updating site environmental plans/procedures, when necessary;
• Monitor adherence to the PROJECT environmental Policy & objectives, identifying potential non-
compliances, and providing advice on remedial actions, through environmental audits and
inspections;
• Monitor and verify closeout of corrective actions arising from environmental audits;
• Report periodically to the PROJECT management on the performance of the project environmental
management system.
• Report and update to SAPMT as his point of contact;
• Implement and ensure a correct waste management during project activities;
Each SUBCONTRACTOR has to be considered the producer (originator) of its own waste and is
responsible for managing it. SUBCONTRACTORS are responsible to CONTRACTOR for respecting the
provisions of this plan and are subject to CONTRACTOR supervision.

5. DEFINITION AND CLASSIFICATION OF WASTE

Waste is an unwanted substance or material to be discarded. Waste needs to be managed properly because
if it is not controlled, it has the potential to contaminate the natural environment and cause harm via air,
water, soil, or the ecology food chain.

CLASSIFICATION OF LANDFILL DISPOSAL SITES:

Class I Landfill: Isolates solid wastes from surface water or groundwater. The site must have a stable
foundation and two impermeable liners with leachate collection and removal systems. Precipitation runoff
from surrounding areas must be diverted away from the site. A Class I Landfill Disposal Site must be used for the

8
disposal of Class I hazardous wastes and may be used for the disposal of Class II biodegradable and
chemically decomposable wastes and Class III inert wastes.
Class II Landfill: Must be above the highest groundwater elevation to prevent direct contact of the wastes
with surface water or groundwater.
The landfill site should have a stable foundation and provisions should be made for diversion of runoff. A
Class II Landfill Disposal Site must be used for Class II wastes and may be used for Class III wastes.

Class III Landfill: Provides little or no protection for underlying groundwater. Surface water adjacent to
the disposal site may contact the waste material. A Class III Landfill Disposal Site is for the disposal of
Class III inert wastes only.

• Contractor Will enter into agreement with an approved vendor for management of all kinds of waste
from camps and construction sites. for class I type of waste the chosen vendor will contract with
PME and ARAMCO approved hazardous waste management facility ONLY.

Wastes Classification:
Class I Waste (Hazardous Waste): Wastes, which constitute a high degree of hazard to the public health
and the environment. These include materials, which are flammable, corrosive, reactive, toxic, radioactive,
infectious, carcinogenic, mutagenic or teratogenic.

Class II Waste: (Non-hazardous) solid wastes and dewatered sludge which are biologically or chemically
decomposable in the natural environment. Examples include paper, dewatered digested sewage sludge,
animal wastes, garbage and other putrescible wastes.

Class III Wastes: Non-water-soluble wastes which are not biologically or chemically active in the natural
environment. Examples include glass, wood, inert plastics, rubber products, brick, concrete and clay.

6. WASTE MANAGEMENT
This Section covers the minimization, identification, classification, segregation, storage, handling,
transportation and disposal of the waste material generated during PROJECT activities.

6.1 Waste Minimization

The waste minimization will be included in the annual environmental objectives of the project.
The waste minimization process includes a strategy for managing wastes based on the hierarchical
principles of encouraging 4 R (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle and Recover).

9
• Reduce:
✓ Proper planning and ordering of what is needed for the project, not in excess, in order to reduce
wastage.
✓ Order materials in bulk to reduce packaging waste and the frequency of possible spillage.
✓ Suppliers to minimally, but adequately, pack orders to reduce waste volume.
✓ Use of recyclable materials when packing orders to increase recycling opportunities.
✓ Order chemicals in returnable drums.
✓ Seek "buy-back" arrangements with chemical suppliers for return of surplus chemicals.
✓ Procure non-hazardous products where possible.
✓ Substitute with less hazardous materials.
✓ Use of refillable containers for collection of waste fluids such as waste oil, hydraulic oil,
used grease, etc.
✓ Optimize changing of filter systems through regular cleaning and maintenance.
✓ Avoid ordering and using disposable materials such as batteries, plastic cups, etc. Instead,
use recyclable paper cups, rechargeable batteries, etc.
✓ Conserve paper by making double-sided copies, sharing of information via mail, and
avoidance of unnecessary printouts;

✓ Train personnel in waste reduction principles as above.

10
• Reuse:
✓ Use of filters with interchangeable membrane. This will allow the filter body to be reused;
✓ Reuse single sided paper by printing rough drafts on empty side and use them as note pad;
✓ Sending used oil to recycling Company for filtering and reuse.

• Recycling:
Conversion of waste into another (different) usable material, such as the processing of paper,
metal (drums), glass, timber, vegetation, batteries and plastics into new products. Wastes are
segregated in order to facilitate their collection and recycling by licensed/approved recycling
subcontractors.
✓ The potential waste streams for recycling are
✓ Plastic drums and empty plastic containers
✓ Scrap Steel, metal drums, and cables
✓ Lead/acid Batteries
✓ Waste paper & Cardboard
✓ Cooking oil
✓ Timber
✓ Waste lube oil

• Recovery:
Waste recovery refers to the practice of extracting subcomponent materials or energy (e.g. waste oils
processed / burned as fuel source).
Used timber/wood items that are unavailable for reuse or recycling will be routed to the local licensed
companies for recovery as wood chips (potential use in soil).
Food waste is biggest contributor in our skips most of the time. It is largely due to poor food habits. The
Double Pyramid model reinforces the close connection between Healthy Eating and reduced Environmental
Impact

In the double pyramid it can be easily noticed that food placed at the highest nutritional level (at the
bottom of the triangle) have the lowest environmental impact.

11
Conversely, food for which a reduced consumption is recommended are also those that have the greatest
impact on the environment. Environmentally, food waste leads to wasteful use of chemicals such as
fertilizers and pesticides; more fuel used for transportation; and more rotting food, creating more methane
– one of the most harmful Greenhouse Gas contributing to climate change. The vast amount of food
going to landfills makes a significant contribution to global warming. Thus, wasting food means not only
wasting money, but also pressure on natural resources.
Most virtual water consumption is hidden and associated with the production of food. For a better
understanding, an example is adequate: throwing out half a hamburger equates to the same water usage as
taking a 60 minute shower.
The food footprint is not just the amount of food you eat (and waste!). It is actually the land, the natural
resources and the energy involved in growing, producing and supplying the food from the field to your
plate. MMS Company encourages all project personnel to reduce the food waste while they prepare their
tray at canteens or order at restaurants to ensure minimum waste of Food.

6.2 Waste Identification

Wastes are generally described as those materials that are no longer fit for the purpose they were originally
intended or unwanted substances generated as a consequence of processing. Uncontrolled management of
the collection, storage, transportation and disposal of solid and liquid wastes is potentially a significant

12
source of impact to the environment. The impact is usually a reduction in the quality of air, water, land,
biological resources and ultimately human health.
Throughout the project and asset lifecycle, waste streams shall be identified with appropriate details
(arising, origin and location, physical state, nature and composition, contaminants, pollutants etc., quantity,
frequency, etc.). Proper provision – recognizing this plan, legislative & regulatory requirements, EIA
Report, etc., shall be made for the identification and management of all waste streams.
This Section considers what wastes will be generated during the Project activities and where they will be
generated.
Waste generation during the Project activities is mainly related to:

• Presence of workers at site;

• Construction activities, like soil excavation;
• Vehicles and equipment for soil/earth and materials handling activities (e.g. Excavator, Backhoe
loader, Truck, etc.);
• Material preparation, including the fabrication of concrete, pipes and metallic structures
preparation, etc.
• Grit blasting activities and other piping related activities (testing, welding, etc.). Definition of the
type of waste is reported in the SAES-S-007

6.2.1 Hazardous Wastes

The definition of hazardous materials is provided by CU-22.03, Processing & Handling Hazardous
Material, which also defines the manner in which these materials should be disposed. These properties will
be exhibited by hazardous or Class I wastes which will pose either a physical or health hazard. These
characteristics are further detailed in below.
Material is considered to be a potential physical or health hazard if it is any of the following:
Combustible liquid
Compressed gas
Explosive
Flammable
Organic peroxide

13
 Oxidizer
Pyrophoric (capable of spontaneous combustion on contact with air)
Unstable (reactive)
Water reactive
Material is considered to be a potential health hazard if it is any of the following:

Carcinogenic
Corrosive
Harmful to organs
Infectious
Irritant
Mutagenic
Radioactive
Sensitizer
Toxic or highly toxic

Hazardous wastes are related to the presence of vehicles and equipment and to
ongoing activities on site, and may include the following:
• Liquid waste: wastewater from hydro testing (if chemical are added to water), wash and rinsing
water (from the concrete works), used chemicals and used mineral oils, lubricants, waste abrasives,
waste additives (i.e.. used for the concrete preparation), etc.
• Solid Waste: contaminated soils by excavation activity, scrap metals if containing hazardous
substances, welding wastes (slag, fluxes and powders); etc.
• Health care waste.
• Others: drums contaminated with chemicals, compressed gas cylinders, batteries and accumulators,
contaminated absorbents, filter materials, wiping clothes.
Only approved waste management contractors will be used to treat and dispose hazardous waste
(Attachment 1). The Contractor and subcontractor employees involved in waste handling will use
appropriate PPEs while segregating, loading and unloading activities related to waste.
For the purpose of this procedure the following categories of waste are considered to be hazardous waste:

14
• Batteries
• Paints, solvents and varnishes
• Used oil and greases
• Used oil filters
• Medical waste (Biohazard waste)
• NDT chemical waste
• Fluorescent lights (fluorescent light tubes, arc lamps sodium and mercury)
• Chemical products and its packages
• Hydro test water (only if it contained inhibitors shall be considered as hazardous waste)
• Sludge from sewage treatment plants / septic tank
• Contaminated Soil.

15
Oily Waste / Empty Drums:
This includes all fluids used for reducing friction in internal combustion engines, vehicles, rotating
machinery, etc. All of these oil including waste oil filters, oily rags and shall be collected in properly
market drums for subsequent disposal by an accredited waste disposal contractor. Used oil drum shall be
reuse to put inside oily waste and used oil.

Oily sand:
Contaminated oily sand including oil spill clean-up material shall be collected and transferred to a licensed
waste management facility capable of accepting this type of waste.

Medical Waste:

The medical waste shall comprise the following:

Soiled dressings: These include soil crepe or cotton, bandages, cotton swabs, plasters, etc. They shall be
handled carefully to avoid the spread of pathogens. These wastes shall be disposed of by incineration.

Used needles and syringes: These are the materials used for injections and sample collection. The needles
and syringes shall be put into a plastic, rigid and dedicated box labelled by Biohazard International Symbol,
and then sent for incineration.

Expired drugs: These are the drugs that are beyond the manufacturer's prescribed life span. They included
syrup, tablets, capsules, etc. These drugs shall be packed in cartons and incinerated by designated medical
waste disposal subcontractor approved by government authorities.

The possibility of having this waste on site is very low as drugs will be inspected regularly and only those
well within their prescribed life span shall be taken on site.

Sewage / Septic Tank / Waste Water Treatment Plant Sludge:

Sewage shall be treated at sewage treatment plant or collected in septic tanks. The septic tank sludge shall be disposed at the
designated approved disposal site.

16
Hydro Test Water:
The hydro test water which contents chemicals shall be treated as a hazardous waste and when discharged
shall only be disposed after ensuring that it is non-hazardous.

NDT Chemical Waste:

X ray processing chemicals consist basically of mild acids and alkaline form generated from photographic
developer and fixer solutions. It may be corrosive if improperly handled. It does not contain any radioactive
materials. These two chemical wastes shall be collected in a two separated PVC containers and disposed
to an authorized chemically recycling center. Silver foils (wrapping material for X ray film) shall be stored
separately reusing wooden cartons and disposed for recycling if it is available.

Paint and paint related material:

Paint is a generic term covering all types of industrial coatings and most surface protective materials
included in this classification would be oil and water sited paints, spent paint thinner, wood preservatives,
rust preventives and their containers. Thinners and oil sited paints are generally considered as hazardous
because of their ignitability and heavy metals contained. A proper housekeeping and properly use of
materials shall be done in order to reduce at source paint waste generation.
Refuses of paint if it is possible shall be reused in other painting activities; the final paint waste shall be
disposed of as hazardous waste by an accredited waste disposal subcontractor. Records of its disposal shall
be kept throw waste manifest.
Waste batteries:

Lead acid batteries, wet type Lithium and cadmium batteries shall be fully discharged. The batteries shall
be segregated, labelled and transported for disposal by an accredited waste disposal subcontractor.

Contaminated soil/sand:

All efforts shall be made to not contaminate the soil but if it happens, the contaminated soil / sand shall be
scooped, containerized in plastic sacks and transported by an accredited waste disposal subcontractor.

17
6.2.2 Non-Hazardous Waste

Municipal Waste are related to the presence of workers at site, connected mainly with the production of
leftover food, kitchen refuse and other non-hazardous waste including drink cans, paper, plastic packaging,
sewage (sludge), etc. classified as Municipal Waste or Assimilates (MA).
Construction wastes like debris from excavation activities shall be reused for the backfilling of the excavation sites. The
backfilling activities are within the scope of work of the subcontractor and shall be regularly monitored by the Contractor.

Municipal waste includes paper, aluminum cans, glass, cartons, kitchen waste, etc. Municipal waste may
also include some recyclable material such as paper, aluminum cans, plastics, glass, metal scrap and printer
toner cartridges.

Moreover, the PROJECT’s activities are connected with the production of the following non-hazardous
waste:
• Glass waste.
• Plastic waste.
• Food waste.
• Sewage (properly treated).
• Offices papers / toner and printer cartridges
• Tyres;
• Scrap metals (including strips of metal, metal supports), pieces of wire, plastic scraps, etc. coming
from the machining and erecting activities (pipes, building and tanks);
• Washed waste wood used during the installation of the foundations;
• Non-contaminated metallic, plastic or wooden packaging;
• Discarded equipment or vehicles (non-hazardous parts);
• Non-contaminated construction materials (concrete, brick, asphalt, etc.) classified as inert;
• Non-contaminated soils (soil handled during earthworks or excavation activities, etc. classified as
inert.

18
6.3 Waste Segregation, Storage and Handling
Segregation is the physical separation of waste materials, according to their general physical and chemical
nature.
All of the waste produced on site shall be segregated at source and stored in appropriate skips or other
containers in a centralized waste area.
The segregation of different waste streams is a pre-requisite for implementing good waste management
practices. The principles of segregation apply to the collection, transport, storage, and
reuse/recycling/disposal of waste.
Wastes will be collected as they accumulate, and in any case at the end of each working day, and will be
stored in adequate skips/containers as per the following practical criteria:
• Wastes from different sources must not be mixed, unless it is certainly safe to do so;
• Don’t dispose solid waste directly in the soil;
• Separate skips/containers should be provided for each recyclable and non-recyclable waste;

Segregate container for hazardous and non-hazardous waste shall be provided. The Contractor and
subcontractor employees involved in waste handling will use appropriate PPEs while segregating, loading
and unloading activities related to waste.

Waste Segregation

Waste segregation system will be in place across the project sites and contractor’s color coding system will
be implemented for different kinds of waste at the sites for easy identification. Workers will be given
training on the proper implementation of waste management plan through tool box talks, campaigns and
class room lectures from time to time in order to understand the importance of waste management and the
elements of sustainability.

The waste skips and bins will be designed accordingly and it will be ensured that all recyclables are
segregated and sent to recycling facilities.

19
 WASTE SKIP COLOUR CODE WASTE CLASSIFICATION SKIP CONTENTS

SCRAP METAL
All scrap metals, metal savings, uncontaminated metal
A
(NON HAZARDOUS) cans and tins, metal wires, damaged slings, etc.

INDUSTRIAL WASTE
Cutting Discs, Hardened Cement bags, concrete spoil,
B
damaged field joint sleeves, excess PU foam, glass,
(NON HAZARDOUS)
wood, etc.

DOMESTIC WASTE Recyclable Paper, Waste food, napkins, paper towels,

C plastic and paper cups, contaminated plastic/paper/
(NON HAZARDOUS) Thermocol plates, water bottles, etc.

All oil / chemical / paint contaminated materials

including paint tins, oily rags, chemical containers,
SPECIAL WASTE fluorescent tubes, aerosols, oil spill granules, batteries,
D
expired chemicals and medicines, medical waste
(HAZARDOUS)
(bagged and sharps bins), exhausted oil, oil filters and
oil contaminated materials etc.

WASTE COLLECTION SKIPS:

Waste collection skips are generally large volume metal bins that may be loaded and unloaded from the
back of waste collection vehicles. Such skips are mainly used for the collection of solid non-hazardous
wastes that will include:

• Domestic wastes including office waste and food waste;

• Inert wastes such as scrap metals and timbers;
• Waste concrete and excavated soil / earth will be collected by an earth truck. Excavated soil / earth
will be transported to designated area.

Waste collection skips of sufficient volume and numbers will be provided at the waste storage/collection
center and within the construction work areas.

Skips provided on site will be prominently identified as to their content (classification) in English, Arabic,
and in languages understood by the workforce.

20
WASTE COLLECTION BIN:

Waste collection bins/containers are generally plastic bins or metal containers smaller in volume. Such
bins and containers will be provided in sufficient quantities within the construction work areas, including
temporary facilities such as kitchen, camps, site offices, medical center and workshops.

Suitable containers to be provided for the collection of:

• Hazardous wastes shall be clearly labelled and identified with incompatible materials segregated
from each other.
• Materials Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) shall be readily available at the storage area to inform the
personnel regarding the precautions to be taken when handling, transporting and disposing these
hazardous waste materials.
• Domestic waste including food waste (bins to be provided with plastic lining and cover).
• Medical Clinic from medical clinics (containers to be provided by licensed contractor who will be
also collect medical waste).
• Used oil and chemicals

Waste Storage

Adequate storage centers, for both non-hazardous and Hazardous waste generated during the construction
and pre-commissioning phase, to be provided within the construction site and temporary facility area.
The following requirements shall be implemented.

STORAGE FOR NON-HAZARDOUS WASTE;

• Temporary (daily) storage / collection points will be located away from Main construction activities
and chemicals to prevent the ignition / fire.
• Firefighting equipment will be provided in close proximity to the Storage/collection areas.
• Sufficient number of skips and barricaded areas will be provided at Places of waste generation to
facilitate safe and environmentally sound Temporary storage prior to collection and transfer to
centralized waste Areas. All containers and barricaded areas to be clearly marked, According to
contents.

21
• Centralized waste areas to be clearly marked as such, and the Method of construction and waste
containment will ensure that waste Is stored safely and not accessible to vermin.
• The storage area will be readily accessible to collection vehicles.
• The storage area will be of adequate size and capacity to accommodate the required number of
containers, consistent with the Waste generation routine and collection schedules.
• Containers and storage areas will be cleaned on a regular basis.
• Waste material will be removed to the disposal site at the earliest Opportunity to prevent inventory
buildup.

STORAGE FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE:

• Storage/collection centers to be located away from main construction Activities to prevent ignition
/ fire.
• An impermeable dike (bund), with a volume of at least 110% of the Largest tank or container to be
stored, will be constructed around the Waste oil and chemical storage area to contain leaks and
spills.
• Hazardous waste storage areas will have spill containment system and be protected to avoid run-
off to and from the storage area.
• Perimeter cut off drainage may be constructed to contain leaks, spills and run off;
• Firefighting equipment will be provided in close proximity to the storage/collection center.
• Chemical and hydrocarbon absorbent materials will be provided to clean up spills and leaks.
• The Spill kit will be inspected at least every month for their contents and an updated inventory will
be maintained.
• Sufficient number of skips or other adequate containers will be provided for the collection of the
different types of waste identified.
• Containment curbs will be maintained around the loading and unloading area.
• Containers and storage tanks to be constructed from a suitable/compatible material, to permanently
contain the hazardous waste, and will have an identification label.
• Storage facilities to be inspected regularly for leakage.
• Storage facilities for volatile substances will be enclosed.

22
• Hazardous wastes will not be stored in the storage areas for more than 90 days. In the event that
this period is extended, then Company permission will be sought prior to exceeding this time;
• At the expiry of the storage time limit, the material will be transported/removed to a suitable
hazardous waste management facility;
• Hazardous waste containers for transport will be appropriately marked and labelled;
• Handling, storage and transport of hazardous waste will be tracked.
• Suitable sized Emergency Wash station and Emergency Shower will also be installed in near
vicinity
• An inventory of off hazardous material will be managed

Waste Handling
The following requirements shall be implemented for the handling of the wastes from construction and
pre-commissioning activities.

NON HAZARDOUS WASTE

• Waste will be segregated at the source, in accordance with the agreed classification system, and
collected on a daily basis;
• Waste to be collected in appropriate bins or containers for transport to centralized waste areas;
• Waste bins / containers / barricaded areas to be identified by signage in English and in languages
understood by the workforce;
• Only Company approved waste collectors will be engaged to collect waste from Centralized Waste
Areas for offsite transport to approved facilities:

o Non-recyclable domestic waste, including food waste, to be removed to approved landfills

o Food waste to be removed to approved landfill within a period of not more than 3 days from last
collection day

• Waste accumulated in Centralized Waste Areas will be removed, collected and disposed of on a
regularly basis;
• Waste collection vehicles and skips will be purpose-designed to prevent waste being strewn onto
public roads and fluids flowing into open public drains. All skips to be covered for offsite
transportation;

HAZARDOUS WASTE

• The nature of the hazardous waste collected will be prominently indicated on the outside of its
container;
• All containers containing hazardous waste will be marked
• Medical waste will be sterile and collected in containers provided by licensed Contractor. Medical
staff will keep a log of all medical wastes removed from the construction site;
• Waste collectors and workers handling hazardous waste, including chemicals, will be adequately
trained in the potential hazards;

23
• Hazardous waste, such as waste oil and chemicals, will be removed and collected from the
construction site within a period of not more than 90 days from the last collection day.
• In addition to the above, bold warning signs in English and Arabic will be posted on the container;
• MSDS sheets are provided to the approved waste Contractor and will brief collector/handlers on
the potential hazards;
• Waste collectors/handlers will wear appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE), such as face
shields, impermeable clothing and gloves, and chemical resistant safety shoes, if required due to
the properties of the hazardous waste;

• Waste oil to be properly collected and disposed of through a licensed waste operator.

6.4 Waste Disposal

The Class I, II and Class III wastes will be sent for final disposal to ARAMCO provided Land fill sites
considering all factors for safe collection and transportation through PME approved Waste Management
company for transportation and disposal. The requisite documentation will be maintained in the form of
waste manifests.

ESTIMATED
WASTE TYPE DISPOSAL TREATMENT
QUANTITY (m3)
Saudi Aramco Reclamation OR
Metal, Equipments, Valves,
Non Hazardous POD Service Centers OR 500
Flanges, Pipe cuttings, etc.
Recycling

Paper, Wood, Plastic, Glass Non Hazardous Recycling 5.000

Insulation Material Non Hazardous Class II or Class III Landfill 500

Oil Rags, Chemical Containers,

Hazardous Class I Landfill 200
contaminated soil, etc.

Dry Concrete/Concrete spills Non-Hazardous Class II Landfill 200

Exhausted Oil & Solvents Hazardous To be Recycled 50

Food Waste Non Hazardous Class II or Class III Landfill 5000

Construction Rubble Non Hazardous Class II or Class III Landfill 1.000

Waste Manifest Form, as enclosed in Attachment 2, will accompany all waste consignments from the site
to the disposal destination.

The Environmental Coordinator is responsible for ensuring that the Waste Manifest Form for all waste
consignments leaving the site are completed.

24
In the Waste Manifest Form, a full description of the waste, its chemical composition, the process from
which it originated, the containment details, the total quantity being transferred and any other relevant
information will be provided.

The Environmental Coordinator will ensure that the Waste Manifest Form is signed by FHSEM, or his
nominee, and is given to the person collecting the waste for transport, who will also sign the Waste
Manifest Form.

The Waste Manifest Form will accompany the waste during transport.
Three copies of each Waste Manifest Form are required:

• Copy 1 is to be retained by the waste generator,

• Copy 2 to the Environment Coordinator,
• Copy 3 accompanies the waste shipment to the disposal facility.

The transporter should try to obtain a signature at the disposal facility. This will indicate that the waste
was received at the designated site. However, a representative of the disposal facility may not always be
present.
Regardless, the receiver is to return Copy 4 to the facility countersigned at a minimum by the transporter,
verifying where he has disposed of the waste.
At the end of each month, a summary of all Waste Transfer Notes for all waste generated will be submitted
to Company through Monthly Environmental Reports (Attachment 5).
The Environmental Coordinator will not release the waste if there is concern about the standard of
segregation, transport or destination of the waste.
No waste will be disposed of or removed from the construction site without the knowledge and approval
of the Environmental Coordinator.
In the event that any hazardous waste is required to be exported, permission shall be obtained from local
authority.
If possible, the Environmental Coordinator will, on a timely basis, conduct an inspection of all waste
disposal sites used by the project to dispose of waste streams. A report detailing the findings and
recommendations of the inspection will be forwarded for review.

25
The Environmental Coordinator will ensure that waste management facilities and recycling companies are
permitted and licensed, and that facilities are designed, constructed and operated in accordance with
relevant Kingdom of Saudi Arabia legislation.

All potential recycling, treatment and disposal options will be verified prior to implementation, and will
include consultation with Company.

Method of Collection

Residential and construction wastes will be transported to disposal areas in vehicles equipped to minimize
windblown debris.
Contractor will promptly clean up all spillages and waste lost from the vehicle on route to the disposal site
as reported in the document Pollution Contingency Plan.

Hazardous waste containers will be collected and transported in a manner which minimizes environmental,
fire, and explosion hazards and worker exposure. Transporting vehicles will be properly marked and
drivers shall carry the appropriate documents including a Waste Manifest describing the nature of the waste
transported and its degree of hazard.

All vehicles and containers will be designed to prevent the release of transported liquid and solid wastes.
Drivers will have specialized training related to the handling and disposal of their cargo and carry on board the
relevant CHB/MSDS documents. Safety and fire prevention equipment and a telephone number to contact in an
emergency will be provided on the vehicle.

Discharge of Municipal and Construction Waste:

Unloading of solid waste shall be confined to as small an area within which equipment can safely and efficiently
operate.

26
Unauthorized Dumping:
Provision will be made to restrict access and dumping of unauthorized material. This includes the
overboard dumping of construction debris.

Incompatible Wastes will not be placed in common cells, tanks or containment areas. Exceptions to
this include the intentional combination of certain hazardous wastes to achieve neutralization and
detoxification by qualified waste management personnel.

Wastes generated during the construction phase of this project will largely be comprised of concrete
spillage, timber, steel/Pipe cut-offs, packaging wastes, and construction/sanitary wastewater. Additionally,
there will be office wastes such as used paper, printer ink cartridges and toners, and food wastes along with
the general mixed garbage generated from the construction-camps established throughout the construction
phase of the project.

7. WASTE WATER MANAGEMENT

During construction and pre-commissioning activities, sanitary wastewater will actually be originating
from office for which an underground Sewage tank will be arranged. Camp Management will be
responsible for treatment and disposal of domestic sewage.

However, there will be portable toilets at construction sites as well and therefore sewage tanks would be
installed from where approved Waste Management company will collect the raw sewage for further
disposal to community treatment Plants .

Sanitary wastewater shall not be commingled with industrial wastewater or storm water collection systems.
In Attachment 3 are reported the limits for effluents discharge.

Sewage and free liquid will be collected through underground pipes and a suction pump system within the
Office TCF and not disposed to landfills or land farms.

27
8. INVENTORY, RECORD KEEPING AND REPORTING
When additional waste streams are identified, the Environmental Coordinator will be consulted to ensure
that an appropriate storage and disposal options are identified and implemented.

The Environmental Coordinator will be responsible for ensuring that the Wastes removed from the
construction site during the construction phase will be controlled by an inventory system, the records of
these inventories are retained and maintained on a quarterly basis or whenever a change occurs.

Waste removed from the site during the construction phase will be controlled by:

• Waste Manifest Form (Attachment 2)

• Environment Report(Attachment 5)

In accordance with CONTRACTOR Standard, the Environmental Coordinator, shall prepare a quarterly
environmental Report (Attachment-5)
Each subcontractor shall complete and submit to the Environmental Coordinator a Monthly Environmental
Report containing the information of the above-mentioned Form in order to account all waste produced at
the site.
A meeting with subcontractors shall be held in order to present the CONTRACTOR environmental data
collection program and agree how to implement it in the PROJECT.

9. COMMUNICATIONS, TRAINING AND INSPECTION

Prior to the commencement of any construction activities, all involved contractor personnel will be
provided with environmental awareness training. Waste management training will also be provided with
the intention of emphasizing waste minimization practices and informing personnel of responsibilities and
requirements contained in this WMP.
Suitable notice on environmental matters will be displayed on the sites in order to provide a continuous
awareness on waste management procedures throughout the PROJECT.
The Environmental Coordinator will ensure that employees and subcontractors are made aware of the
potential impacts of their work activities with respect to the Environmental issues.
The Environmental Coordinator will perform site inspection at the waste storages area.

28
The Environmental Coordinator will review progress against objectives and targets, in order to identify
areas of improvement and on a monthly basis will conduct an inspection of all temporary waste storage
areas.

ATTACHMENTS
ATTACHMENT 1: COMPANY APROVED WASTE CONTRACTORS LIST

ATTACHMENT 2: WASTE TRANSFER NOTE

ATTACHMENT 3: EFFLUENT DISCHARGE REQUIREMENTS

ATTACHMENT 4: CHEMICAL REGISTER (HAZCOM)

ATTACHMENT 5: ENVIRONMENT REPORT

ATTACHMENT 1: COMPANY APROVED WASTE CONTRACTORS LIST

✓ NATIONAL ENVIRONMENTAL PRESERVATION COMPANY (BEEA'H)

✓ ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICE COMPANY (ESC)
✓ AL-MURJAN, ROYAL COMMISSION AREA, YANBU
✓ AL-KHALTHOMI ENVIRONMENTAL WORKS (KEW)
✓ GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES. (GEMS)
✓ GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SERVICES. (GEMS) -EASTERN
REGION
✓ ENVIRONMENTAL DEVELOPMENT CO. LTD (EDCO)
✓ ABDULLAH.H. BALHARITH & PARTNERS CO (ABCO ENVIRONMENTAL)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------

29
ATTACHMENT 2: WASTE TRANSFER NOTE

30
ATTACHMENT 3: EFFLUENT DISCHARGE REQUIREMENTS

Pretreatment Wastewater Sanitary WWTPs

Parameters Units Discharge to Discharge to Discharge to Wastewater
Government Marine Evaporation Ponds for Reuse
WWTPs Environment

Physical – Chemical Pollutants

Floatable None None None None
pH 6-9 6-9 6 - 8.4 6 - 8.4
Total Suspended Solids (TSS) mg/L 600 15 (max) 40 10 4
Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) mg/L - - - 2500 5
Temperatures °C 50 case by case - -
Turbidity NTU - 75 (max) 5 56
Organic Pollutants
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD) mg/L 500 25 40 10 4
Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/L 1000 150 - -
Total Organic Carbon (TOC) mg/L 400 50 - -
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN) mg/L - 5 - -
Total Chlorinated Hydrocarbons mg/L 0.5 0.1 - -
Oil and Grease mg/L 100 87 None None
Phenols mg/L 5 0.1 0.002 0.002
Detergents mg/L 15 - - -
Pesticides mg/L None - - -
Non-Organic Pollutants
Alkalinity (as CaCO3) mg/L 200 - - -
Aluminum (Al) mg/L - - 5.0 5.0
Ammonia (as Nitrogen) mg/L 80 1.0 5.0 5.0
Arsenic (As) mg/L 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
Barium (Ba) mg/L 1.0 - - -
Beryllium (Be) mg/L - - 0.1 0.1
Boron (B) mg/L 2.0 - 0.75 0.75
Cadmium (Cd) mg/L 0.02 0.02 0.01 0.01
Chlorine (total residual) mg/L - 0.5 0.5 0.5 8
Chloride (Cl 2) mg/L 1000 - - -
2

Chromium (total) mg/L 1.2 0.1 0.1 0.1

Cobalt (Co) mg/L - - 0.05 0.05
Copper (Cu) mg/L 1.0 0.2 0.4 0.4
Cyanide (Total) mg/L 0.05 0.05 - -
Fluoride (F) mg/L - - 1.0 1.0
Iron (Fe) mg/L - - 5.0 5.0

31
 Pretreatment Wastewater Sanitary WWTPs
Parameters Units Discharge to Discharge to Discharge to Wastewater
Government Marine Evaporation Ponds for Reuse
WWTPs Environment

Lead (Pb) mg/L 1.0 0.1 0.1 0.1

Lithium (Li) mg/L - - 2.5 2.5
Manganese (Mn) mg/L 5.0 - 0.2 0.2
Mercury (Hg) mg/L 0.01 0.001 0.001 0.001
Molybdenum (Mo) mg/L 0.5 - 0.01 0.01
Nickel (Ni) mg/L 2.0 0.2 0.2 0.2
Nitrate (as Nitrogen) mg/L - - 10.0 10.0
Phosphate (total as Phosphorous) mg/L 25 1.0 - -
Selenium (Se) mg/L 0.5 - 0.02 0.02
Sulfate (SO4) mg/L 1000 - - -
Vanadium (V) mg/L 1.0 - 0.1 0.1
Zinc (Zn) mg/L 2.6 1.0 4.0 4.0
Biological Pollutants
Total Coliform MPN / 100 - 1000 1000 2.2 9
Intestinal Eggs #ml
viable eggs / - - - 1
L

32
ATTACHMENT 4: CHEMICAL REGISTER (HAZCOM)

33
34
35
ATTACHMENT-5: ENVIRONMENTAL REPORTING

36
 Page 1 of 1
HSE PROCEDURE
Doc. No. MMS-HSE-IMP/04
INSPECTION & MONITORING Rev 00/00
PROCEDURE Date 05/01/2022

Weekly Camp Hygiene

DATE OF INSPECT
Name(s) Inspectors
Use the 0-2 Rating System:
0 = No/little implementation; not functioning;
needs significant improvement.
Health and Hygiene 1 = Basic implementation/ functionality;
needs improvement.
2 = Compliant; can be made more effective,
some risk exists; Not Applicable.
2 1 0
Kitchen Action point(s)
"No smoking" sign posted & policy enforced
Fire extinguishers & blanket in good order
Extractor fan / filters in good order
A\ Cs working and in good condition
Oven, cookers, cooker hood & all utensils clean
Extractor fans clean & working
Walls, floor, shelves and ceiling clean
Prepared food always covered
Hot water & detergent used for utensils
Work surfaces cleaned with disinfectant
Chopping boards cleaned with bleach/water and
rinsed
Waste bins covered & emptied regularly
Pipes / drainage without leakage
Efficient fly-screen use
Insectocuters working & clean
LPG lines secure with no cracks, gas regulators
used
LPG lines: Emergency cut-off switch fitted
Gas cylinders are secured & shaded
Unused gas cylinders are stored away from
kitchen
Antiseptic soap & Hard nailbrush available
Raw and cooked foods kept separate during
preparation
Different cutting boards used for beef, chicken &
vegetables (colour coded)
No old tea towels or clothes harbouring germs
Score
Fridges and Freezers Action point(s)
Temperature check daily
Internal cleaning & food items covered
Food in fridge labelled
Food rotation followed with each supply
Regular periodic defrosting & cleaning
Fridges and freezers to be cleaned with sodium
bicarbonate solution (NaHCO3)
Raw meat stored away from cooked meat
Score
Dining Room / Mess Action point(s)
Shelves, tables, chairs, floor and ceiling clean
No house flies
Hot water for tea
Garbage bin clean & covered
Sufficient number of fire extinguishers
Fire emergency procedures posted
Fridge, cups, utensils clean
Cookies & pastries in covered trays
Food warmer clean and functioning
Score
Food storage Action point(s)
Floor, ceiling & shelves clean 0 0 0
A/C working and in good condition
Freezers: Clean, defrosted regularly & cleaned
Freezer temperature check
Damaged goods, perishable vegetables / fruits &
out of date products are checked regularly &
removed
Detergent & cleaning products are stored
separately from the food items
Score
House keeping, showers, Toilets Action point(s)
Rooms & beds clean & made daily
Bed linen changed regularly
Toilets cleaned daily with disinfectant
Shower stalls and wash basins cleaned daily with
disinfectant
Clean towels & changed regularly
Soaps & toilet paper are supplied regularly
Water heater in good condition
Lighting condition
Washing machine operating correctly, using hot
water & the right detergent ratio
Score
Food Handlers Action point(s)
Personnel & uniform cleanliness
Hair short, clean, and covered with hat
Wash their hands before food handling
Short & clean finger nails
No open wounds
Disposable plastic gloves used during food
No jewellery worn on fingers
Score
Camp General Action point(s)
Fogging / spraying machines used daily
Adequate residual for fogging / spraying available
Camp area free of breeding insects
Garbage removed from camp daily
Adequate drugs & dressings available
Drinking water filters changed twice a month
Score
QHSE Management Action point(s)
Food Handling Procedures posted
Food handlers are medically tested and have valid
health certificates
Food handlers are periodically examined
Food handlers completed their 1st Aid training
Food handlers completed Health & Hygiene level
1 training
Food handlers know what to do in case of an
injury
Food handlers know what to do in case of fire
Prompt reporting scratches and infections
Medical follow-up for any diseases
Awareness of contagious diseases
Crew Doctor visits and checks kitchen daily
Score
Total Score
Total Score
Number of questions
Maximum score
Percentage
Compliance score